blob: 7d6b92da1a9348be70210a87bce06285f15a0633 [file] [log] [blame]
Bram Moolenaareb490412022-06-28 13:44:46 +01001*syntax.txt* For Vim version 9.0. Last change: 2022 Jun 10
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002
3
4 VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
5
6
7Syntax highlighting *syntax* *syntax-highlighting* *coloring*
8
9Syntax highlighting enables Vim to show parts of the text in another font or
10color. Those parts can be specific keywords or text matching a pattern. Vim
11doesn't parse the whole file (to keep it fast), so the highlighting has its
12limitations. Lexical highlighting might be a better name, but since everybody
13calls it syntax highlighting we'll stick with that.
14
15Vim supports syntax highlighting on all terminals. But since most ordinary
16terminals have very limited highlighting possibilities, it works best in the
17GUI version, gvim.
18
19In the User Manual:
20|usr_06.txt| introduces syntax highlighting.
21|usr_44.txt| introduces writing a syntax file.
22
231. Quick start |:syn-qstart|
242. Syntax files |:syn-files|
253. Syntax loading procedure |syntax-loading|
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100264. Converting to HTML |2html.vim|
275. Syntax file remarks |:syn-file-remarks|
286. Defining a syntax |:syn-define|
297. :syntax arguments |:syn-arguments|
308. Syntax patterns |:syn-pattern|
319. Syntax clusters |:syn-cluster|
Bram Moolenaarc8c88492018-12-27 23:59:26 +01003210. Including syntax files |:syn-include|
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003311. Synchronizing |:syn-sync|
3412. Listing syntax items |:syntax|
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01003513. Colorschemes |color-schemes|
3614. Highlight command |:highlight|
3715. Linking groups |:highlight-link|
3816. Cleaning up |:syn-clear|
3917. Highlighting tags |tag-highlight|
4018. Window-local syntax |:ownsyntax|
4119. Color xterms |xterm-color|
4220. When syntax is slow |:syntime|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000043
44{Vi does not have any of these commands}
45
46Syntax highlighting is not available when the |+syntax| feature has been
47disabled at compile time.
48
49==============================================================================
501. Quick start *:syn-qstart*
51
52 *:syn-enable* *:syntax-enable*
53This command switches on syntax highlighting: >
54
55 :syntax enable
56
57What this command actually does is to execute the command >
58 :source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
59
60If the VIM environment variable is not set, Vim will try to find
61the path in another way (see |$VIMRUNTIME|). Usually this works just
62fine. If it doesn't, try setting the VIM environment variable to the
63directory where the Vim stuff is located. For example, if your syntax files
Bram Moolenaar8024f932020-01-14 19:29:13 +010064are in the "/usr/vim/vim82/syntax" directory, set $VIMRUNTIME to
65"/usr/vim/vim82". You must do this in the shell, before starting Vim.
Bram Moolenaar01164a62017-11-02 22:58:42 +010066This command also sources the |menu.vim| script when the GUI is running or
67will start soon. See |'go-M'| about avoiding that.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000068
69 *:syn-on* *:syntax-on*
Bram Moolenaar4072ba52020-12-23 13:56:35 +010070The `:syntax enable` command will keep most of your current color settings.
71This allows using `:highlight` commands to set your preferred colors before or
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000072after using this command. If you want Vim to overrule your settings with the
73defaults, use: >
74 :syntax on
75<
76 *:hi-normal* *:highlight-normal*
77If you are running in the GUI, you can get white text on a black background
78with: >
79 :highlight Normal guibg=Black guifg=White
80For a color terminal see |:hi-normal-cterm|.
81For setting up your own colors syntax highlighting see |syncolor|.
82
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +010083NOTE: The syntax files on MS-Windows have lines that end in <CR><NL>.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000084The files for Unix end in <NL>. This means you should use the right type of
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +010085file for your system. Although on MS-Windows the right format is
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000086automatically selected if the 'fileformats' option is not empty.
87
88NOTE: When using reverse video ("gvim -fg white -bg black"), the default value
89of 'background' will not be set until the GUI window is opened, which is after
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000090reading the |gvimrc|. This will cause the wrong default highlighting to be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000091used. To set the default value of 'background' before switching on
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000092highlighting, include the ":gui" command in the |gvimrc|: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000093
94 :gui " open window and set default for 'background'
95 :syntax on " start highlighting, use 'background' to set colors
96
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000097NOTE: Using ":gui" in the |gvimrc| means that "gvim -f" won't start in the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000098foreground! Use ":gui -f" then.
99
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +0200100 *g:syntax_on*
101You can toggle the syntax on/off with this command: >
102 :if exists("g:syntax_on") | syntax off | else | syntax enable | endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000103
104To put this into a mapping, you can use: >
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +0200105 :map <F7> :if exists("g:syntax_on") <Bar>
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000106 \ syntax off <Bar>
107 \ else <Bar>
108 \ syntax enable <Bar>
109 \ endif <CR>
110[using the |<>| notation, type this literally]
111
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000112Details:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000113The ":syntax" commands are implemented by sourcing a file. To see exactly how
114this works, look in the file:
115 command file ~
116 :syntax enable $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
117 :syntax on $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
118 :syntax manual $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/manual.vim
119 :syntax off $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
120Also see |syntax-loading|.
121
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100122NOTE: If displaying long lines is slow and switching off syntax highlighting
123makes it fast, consider setting the 'synmaxcol' option to a lower value.
124
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000125==============================================================================
1262. Syntax files *:syn-files*
127
128The syntax and highlighting commands for one language are normally stored in
129a syntax file. The name convention is: "{name}.vim". Where {name} is the
130name of the language, or an abbreviation (to fit the name in 8.3 characters,
131a requirement in case the file is used on a DOS filesystem).
132Examples:
133 c.vim perl.vim java.vim html.vim
134 cpp.vim sh.vim csh.vim
135
136The syntax file can contain any Ex commands, just like a vimrc file. But
137the idea is that only commands for a specific language are included. When a
138language is a superset of another language, it may include the other one,
139for example, the cpp.vim file could include the c.vim file: >
140 :so $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/c.vim
141
142The .vim files are normally loaded with an autocommand. For example: >
143 :au Syntax c runtime! syntax/c.vim
144 :au Syntax cpp runtime! syntax/cpp.vim
145These commands are normally in the file $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/synload.vim.
146
147
148MAKING YOUR OWN SYNTAX FILES *mysyntaxfile*
149
150When you create your own syntax files, and you want to have Vim use these
151automatically with ":syntax enable", do this:
152
1531. Create your user runtime directory. You would normally use the first item
154 of the 'runtimepath' option. Example for Unix: >
155 mkdir ~/.vim
156
1572. Create a directory in there called "syntax". For Unix: >
158 mkdir ~/.vim/syntax
159
1603. Write the Vim syntax file. Or download one from the internet. Then write
161 it in your syntax directory. For example, for the "mine" syntax: >
162 :w ~/.vim/syntax/mine.vim
163
164Now you can start using your syntax file manually: >
165 :set syntax=mine
166You don't have to exit Vim to use this.
167
168If you also want Vim to detect the type of file, see |new-filetype|.
169
170If you are setting up a system with many users and you don't want each user
171to add the same syntax file, you can use another directory from 'runtimepath'.
172
173
174ADDING TO AN EXISTING SYNTAX FILE *mysyntaxfile-add*
175
176If you are mostly satisfied with an existing syntax file, but would like to
177add a few items or change the highlighting, follow these steps:
178
1791. Create your user directory from 'runtimepath', see above.
180
1812. Create a directory in there called "after/syntax". For Unix: >
182 mkdir ~/.vim/after
183 mkdir ~/.vim/after/syntax
184
1853. Write a Vim script that contains the commands you want to use. For
186 example, to change the colors for the C syntax: >
187 highlight cComment ctermfg=Green guifg=Green
188
1894. Write that file in the "after/syntax" directory. Use the name of the
190 syntax, with ".vim" added. For our C syntax: >
191 :w ~/.vim/after/syntax/c.vim
192
193That's it. The next time you edit a C file the Comment color will be
194different. You don't even have to restart Vim.
195
Bram Moolenaar5313dcb2005-02-22 08:56:13 +0000196If you have multiple files, you can use the filetype as the directory name.
197All the "*.vim" files in this directory will be used, for example:
198 ~/.vim/after/syntax/c/one.vim
199 ~/.vim/after/syntax/c/two.vim
200
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000201
202REPLACING AN EXISTING SYNTAX FILE *mysyntaxfile-replace*
203
204If you don't like a distributed syntax file, or you have downloaded a new
205version, follow the same steps as for |mysyntaxfile| above. Just make sure
206that you write the syntax file in a directory that is early in 'runtimepath'.
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +0200207Vim will only load the first syntax file found, assuming that it sets
208b:current_syntax.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000209
210
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100211NAMING CONVENTIONS *group-name* *{group-name}* *E669* *W18*
212
213A syntax group name is to be used for syntax items that match the same kind of
214thing. These are then linked to a highlight group that specifies the color.
215A syntax group name doesn't specify any color or attributes itself.
216
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000217The name for a highlight or syntax group must consist of ASCII letters, digits
Bram Moolenaar2b8388b2015-02-28 13:11:45 +0100218and the underscore. As a regexp: "[a-zA-Z0-9_]*". However, Vim does not give
Bram Moolenaar75ab5902022-04-18 15:36:40 +0100219an error when using other characters. The maximum length of a group name is
Bram Moolenaara2baa732022-02-04 16:09:54 +0000220about 200 bytes. *E1249*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000221
Bram Moolenaareab6dff2020-03-01 19:06:45 +0100222To be able to allow each user to pick their favorite set of colors, there must
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000223be preferred names for highlight groups that are common for many languages.
224These are the suggested group names (if syntax highlighting works properly
225you can see the actual color, except for "Ignore"):
226
227 *Comment any comment
228
229 *Constant any constant
230 String a string constant: "this is a string"
231 Character a character constant: 'c', '\n'
232 Number a number constant: 234, 0xff
233 Boolean a boolean constant: TRUE, false
234 Float a floating point constant: 2.3e10
235
236 *Identifier any variable name
237 Function function name (also: methods for classes)
238
239 *Statement any statement
240 Conditional if, then, else, endif, switch, etc.
241 Repeat for, do, while, etc.
242 Label case, default, etc.
243 Operator "sizeof", "+", "*", etc.
244 Keyword any other keyword
245 Exception try, catch, throw
246
247 *PreProc generic Preprocessor
248 Include preprocessor #include
249 Define preprocessor #define
250 Macro same as Define
251 PreCondit preprocessor #if, #else, #endif, etc.
252
253 *Type int, long, char, etc.
254 StorageClass static, register, volatile, etc.
255 Structure struct, union, enum, etc.
256 Typedef A typedef
257
258 *Special any special symbol
259 SpecialChar special character in a constant
260 Tag you can use CTRL-] on this
261 Delimiter character that needs attention
262 SpecialComment special things inside a comment
263 Debug debugging statements
264
265 *Underlined text that stands out, HTML links
266
Bram Moolenaar4f99eae2010-07-24 15:56:43 +0200267 *Ignore left blank, hidden |hl-Ignore|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000268
269 *Error any erroneous construct
270
271 *Todo anything that needs extra attention; mostly the
272 keywords TODO FIXME and XXX
273
274The names marked with * are the preferred groups; the others are minor groups.
275For the preferred groups, the "syntax.vim" file contains default highlighting.
276The minor groups are linked to the preferred groups, so they get the same
277highlighting. You can override these defaults by using ":highlight" commands
278after sourcing the "syntax.vim" file.
279
280Note that highlight group names are not case sensitive. "String" and "string"
281can be used for the same group.
282
283The following names are reserved and cannot be used as a group name:
284 NONE ALL ALLBUT contains contained
285
Bram Moolenaar4f99eae2010-07-24 15:56:43 +0200286 *hl-Ignore*
287When using the Ignore group, you may also consider using the conceal
288mechanism. See |conceal|.
289
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000290==============================================================================
2913. Syntax loading procedure *syntax-loading*
292
293This explains the details that happen when the command ":syntax enable" is
294issued. When Vim initializes itself, it finds out where the runtime files are
295located. This is used here as the variable |$VIMRUNTIME|.
296
297":syntax enable" and ":syntax on" do the following:
298
299 Source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
300 |
301 +- Clear out any old syntax by sourcing $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
302 |
303 +- Source first syntax/synload.vim in 'runtimepath'
304 | |
305 | +- Setup the colors for syntax highlighting. If a color scheme is
306 | | defined it is loaded again with ":colors {name}". Otherwise
307 | | ":runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim" is used. ":syntax on" overrules
308 | | existing colors, ":syntax enable" only sets groups that weren't
309 | | set yet.
310 | |
311 | +- Set up syntax autocmds to load the appropriate syntax file when
312 | | the 'syntax' option is set. *synload-1*
313 | |
314 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the |mysyntaxfile| variable.
315 | This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only. *synload-2*
316 |
317 +- Do ":filetype on", which does ":runtime! filetype.vim". It loads any
318 | filetype.vim files found. It should always Source
319 | $VIMRUNTIME/filetype.vim, which does the following.
320 | |
321 | +- Install autocmds based on suffix to set the 'filetype' option
322 | | This is where the connection between file name and file type is
323 | | made for known file types. *synload-3*
324 | |
325 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the *myfiletypefile*
326 | | variable. This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only.
327 | | *synload-4*
328 | |
329 | +- Install one autocommand which sources scripts.vim when no file
330 | | type was detected yet. *synload-5*
331 | |
332 | +- Source $VIMRUNTIME/menu.vim, to setup the Syntax menu. |menu.vim|
333 |
334 +- Install a FileType autocommand to set the 'syntax' option when a file
335 | type has been detected. *synload-6*
336 |
337 +- Execute syntax autocommands to start syntax highlighting for each
338 already loaded buffer.
339
340
341Upon loading a file, Vim finds the relevant syntax file as follows:
342
343 Loading the file triggers the BufReadPost autocommands.
344 |
345 +- If there is a match with one of the autocommands from |synload-3|
346 | (known file types) or |synload-4| (user's file types), the 'filetype'
347 | option is set to the file type.
348 |
349 +- The autocommand at |synload-5| is triggered. If the file type was not
350 | found yet, then scripts.vim is searched for in 'runtimepath'. This
351 | should always load $VIMRUNTIME/scripts.vim, which does the following.
352 | |
353 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the *myscriptsfile*
354 | | variable. This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only.
355 | |
356 | +- If the file type is still unknown, check the contents of the file,
357 | again with checks like "getline(1) =~ pattern" as to whether the
358 | file type can be recognized, and set 'filetype'.
359 |
360 +- When the file type was determined and 'filetype' was set, this
361 | triggers the FileType autocommand |synload-6| above. It sets
362 | 'syntax' to the determined file type.
363 |
364 +- When the 'syntax' option was set above, this triggers an autocommand
365 | from |synload-1| (and |synload-2|). This find the main syntax file in
366 | 'runtimepath', with this command:
367 | runtime! syntax/<name>.vim
368 |
369 +- Any other user installed FileType or Syntax autocommands are
370 triggered. This can be used to change the highlighting for a specific
371 syntax.
372
373==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003744. Conversion to HTML *2html.vim* *convert-to-HTML*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000375
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003762html is not a syntax file itself, but a script that converts the current
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200377window into HTML. Vim opens a new window in which it builds the HTML file.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000378
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200379After you save the resulting file, you can view it with any browser. The
380colors should be exactly the same as you see them in Vim. With
381|g:html_line_ids| you can jump to specific lines by adding (for example) #L123
382or #123 to the end of the URL in your browser's address bar. And with
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +0200383|g:html_dynamic_folds| enabled, you can show or hide the text that is folded
384in Vim.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200385
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000386You are not supposed to set the 'filetype' or 'syntax' option to "2html"!
387Source the script to convert the current file: >
388
389 :runtime! syntax/2html.vim
390<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200391Many variables affect the output of 2html.vim; see below. Any of the on/off
392options listed below can be enabled or disabled by setting them explicitly to
393the desired value, or restored to their default by removing the variable using
394|:unlet|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000395
396Remarks:
Bram Moolenaar076e8b22010-08-05 21:54:00 +0200397- Some truly ancient browsers may not show the background colors.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000398- From most browsers you can also print the file (in color)!
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200399- The latest TOhtml may actually work with older versions of Vim, but some
Bram Moolenaar166af9b2010-11-16 20:34:40 +0100400 features such as conceal support will not function, and the colors may be
401 incorrect for an old Vim without GUI support compiled in.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000402
403Here is an example how to run the script over all .c and .h files from a
404Unix shell: >
405 for f in *.[ch]; do gvim -f +"syn on" +"run! syntax/2html.vim" +"wq" +"q" $f; done
406<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200407 *g:html_start_line* *g:html_end_line*
408To restrict the conversion to a range of lines, use a range with the |:TOhtml|
409command below, or set "g:html_start_line" and "g:html_end_line" to the first
410and last line to be converted. Example, using the last set Visual area: >
411
412 :let g:html_start_line = line("'<")
413 :let g:html_end_line = line("'>")
414 :runtime! syntax/2html.vim
415<
416 *:TOhtml*
417:[range]TOhtml The ":TOhtml" command is defined in a standard plugin.
418 This command will source |2html.vim| for you. When a
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200419 range is given, this command sets |g:html_start_line|
420 and |g:html_end_line| to the start and end of the
421 range, respectively. Default range is the entire
422 buffer.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200423
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200424 If the current window is part of a |diff|, unless
425 |g:html_diff_one_file| is set, :TOhtml will convert
426 all windows which are part of the diff in the current
427 tab and place them side-by-side in a <table> element
428 in the generated HTML. With |g:html_line_ids| you can
429 jump to lines in specific windows with (for example)
430 #W1L42 for line 42 in the first diffed window, or
431 #W3L87 for line 87 in the third.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200432
433 Examples: >
434
435 :10,40TOhtml " convert lines 10-40 to html
436 :'<,'>TOhtml " convert current/last visual selection
437 :TOhtml " convert entire buffer
438<
439 *g:html_diff_one_file*
440Default: 0.
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200441When 0, and using |:TOhtml| all windows involved in a |diff| in the current tab
442page are converted to HTML and placed side-by-side in a <table> element. When
4431, only the current buffer is converted.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200444Example: >
445
446 let g:html_diff_one_file = 1
447<
448 *g:html_whole_filler*
449Default: 0.
450When 0, if |g:html_diff_one_file| is 1, a sequence of more than 3 filler lines
451is displayed as three lines with the middle line mentioning the total number
452of inserted lines.
453When 1, always display all inserted lines as if |g:html_diff_one_file| were
454not set.
455>
456 :let g:html_whole_filler = 1
457<
458 *TOhtml-performance* *g:html_no_progress*
459Default: 0.
460When 0, display a progress bar in the statusline for each major step in the
4612html.vim conversion process.
462When 1, do not display the progress bar. This offers a minor speed improvement
463but you won't have any idea how much longer the conversion might take; for big
464files it can take a long time!
465Example: >
466
467 let g:html_no_progress = 1
468<
469You can obtain better performance improvements by also instructing Vim to not
470run interactively, so that too much time is not taken to redraw as the script
471moves through the buffer, switches windows, and the like: >
472
473 vim -E -s -c "let g:html_no_progress=1" -c "syntax on" -c "set ft=c" -c "runtime syntax/2html.vim" -cwqa myfile.c
474<
475Note that the -s flag prevents loading your .vimrc and any plugins, so you
476need to explicitly source/enable anything that will affect the HTML
477conversion. See |-E| and |-s-ex| for details. It is probably best to create a
478script to replace all the -c commands and use it with the -u flag instead of
479specifying each command separately.
480
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100481 *hl-TOhtmlProgress* *TOhtml-progress-color*
482When displayed, the progress bar will show colored boxes along the statusline
483as the HTML conversion proceeds. By default, the background color as the
484current "DiffDelete" highlight group is used. If "DiffDelete" and "StatusLine"
485have the same background color, TOhtml will automatically adjust the color to
486differ. If you do not like the automatically selected colors, you can define
487your own highlight colors for the progress bar. Example: >
488
489 hi TOhtmlProgress guifg=#c0ffee ctermbg=7
490<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200491 *g:html_number_lines*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100492Default: Current 'number' setting.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200493When 0, buffer text is displayed in the generated HTML without line numbering.
494When 1, a column of line numbers is added to the generated HTML with the same
495highlighting as the line number column in Vim (|hl-LineNr|).
496Force line numbers even if 'number' is not set: >
497 :let g:html_number_lines = 1
498Force to omit the line numbers: >
499 :let g:html_number_lines = 0
500Go back to the default to use 'number' by deleting the variable: >
501 :unlet g:html_number_lines
502<
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200503 *g:html_line_ids*
504Default: 1 if |g:html_number_lines| is set, 0 otherwise.
505When 1, adds an HTML id attribute to each line number, or to an empty <span>
506inserted for that purpose if no line numbers are shown. This ID attribute
507takes the form of L123 for single-buffer HTML pages, or W2L123 for diff-view
508pages, and is used to jump to a specific line (in a specific window of a diff
509view). Javascript is inserted to open any closed dynamic folds
Bram Moolenaar34401cc2014-08-29 15:12:19 +0200510(|g:html_dynamic_folds|) containing the specified line before jumping. The
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200511javascript also allows omitting the window ID in the url, and the leading L.
512For example: >
513
514 page.html#L123 jumps to line 123 in a single-buffer file
515 page.html#123 does the same
516
517 diff.html#W1L42 jumps to line 42 in the first window in a diff
518 diff.html#42 does the same
519<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200520 *g:html_use_css*
521Default: 1.
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100522When 1, generate valid HTML 5 markup with CSS styling, supported in all modern
523browsers and many old browsers.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200524When 0, generate <font> tags and similar outdated markup. This is not
525recommended but it may work better in really old browsers, email clients,
526forum posts, and similar situations where basic CSS support is unavailable.
527Example: >
528 :let g:html_use_css = 0
529<
530 *g:html_ignore_conceal*
531Default: 0.
532When 0, concealed text is removed from the HTML and replaced with a character
533from |:syn-cchar| or 'listchars' as appropriate, depending on the current
534value of 'conceallevel'.
535When 1, include all text from the buffer in the generated HTML, even if it is
536|conceal|ed.
537
538Either of the following commands will ensure that all text in the buffer is
539included in the generated HTML (unless it is folded): >
540 :let g:html_ignore_conceal = 1
541 :setl conceallevel=0
542<
543 *g:html_ignore_folding*
544Default: 0.
545When 0, text in a closed fold is replaced by the text shown for the fold in
546Vim (|fold-foldtext|). See |g:html_dynamic_folds| if you also want to allow
547the user to expand the fold as in Vim to see the text inside.
548When 1, include all text from the buffer in the generated HTML; whether the
549text is in a fold has no impact at all. |g:html_dynamic_folds| has no effect.
550
551Either of these commands will ensure that all text in the buffer is included
552in the generated HTML (unless it is concealed): >
553 zR
554 :let g:html_ignore_folding = 1
555<
556 *g:html_dynamic_folds*
557Default: 0.
558When 0, text in a closed fold is not included at all in the generated HTML.
559When 1, generate javascript to open a fold and show the text within, just like
560in Vim.
561
562Setting this variable to 1 causes 2html.vim to always use CSS for styling,
563regardless of what |g:html_use_css| is set to.
564
565This variable is ignored when |g:html_ignore_folding| is set.
566>
567 :let g:html_dynamic_folds = 1
568<
569 *g:html_no_foldcolumn*
570Default: 0.
571When 0, if |g:html_dynamic_folds| is 1, generate a column of text similar to
572Vim's foldcolumn (|fold-foldcolumn|) the user can click on to toggle folds
573open or closed. The minimum width of the generated text column is the current
574'foldcolumn' setting.
575When 1, do not generate this column; instead, hovering the mouse cursor over
576folded text will open the fold as if |g:html_hover_unfold| were set.
577>
578 :let g:html_no_foldcolumn = 1
579<
580 *TOhtml-uncopyable-text* *g:html_prevent_copy*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100581Default: Empty string.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200582This option prevents certain regions of the generated HTML from being copied,
583when you select all text in document rendered in a browser and copy it. Useful
584for allowing users to copy-paste only the source text even if a fold column or
585line numbers are shown in the generated content. Specify regions to be
586affected in this way as follows:
587 f: fold column
588 n: line numbers (also within fold text)
589 t: fold text
590 d: diff filler
591
592Example, to make the fold column and line numbers uncopyable: >
593 :let g:html_prevent_copy = "fn"
594<
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100595The method used to prevent copying in the generated page depends on the value
596of |g:html_use_input_for_pc|.
597
598 *g:html_use_input_for_pc*
599Default: "fallback"
600If |g:html_prevent_copy| is non-empty, then:
601
602When "all", read-only <input> elements are used in place of normal text for
603uncopyable regions. In some browsers, especially older browsers, after
604selecting an entire page and copying the selection, the <input> tags are not
605pasted with the page text. If |g:html_no_invalid| is 0, the <input> tags have
606invalid type; this works in more browsers, but the page will not validate.
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100607Note: This method does NOT work in recent versions of Chrome and equivalent
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100608browsers; the <input> tags get pasted with the text.
609
610When "fallback" (default value), the same <input> elements are generated for
611older browsers, but newer browsers (detected by CSS feature query) hide the
612<input> elements and instead use generated content in an ::before pseudoelement
613to display the uncopyable text. This method should work with the largest
614number of browsers, both old and new.
615
616When "none", the <input> elements are not generated at all. Only the
617generated-content method is used. This means that old browsers, notably
618Internet Explorer, will either copy the text intended not to be copyable, or
619the non-copyable text may not appear at all. However, this is the most
620standards-based method, and there will be much less markup.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200621
622 *g:html_no_invalid*
623Default: 0.
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100624When 0, if |g:html_prevent_copy| is non-empty and |g:html_use_input_for_pc| is
625not "none", an invalid attribute is intentionally inserted into the <input>
626element for the uncopyable areas. This prevents pasting the <input> elements
627in some applications. Specifically, some versions of Microsoft Word will not
628paste the <input> elements if they contain this invalid attribute. When 1, no
629invalid markup is inserted, and the generated page should validate. However,
630<input> elements may be pasted into some applications and can be difficult to
631remove afterward.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200632
633 *g:html_hover_unfold*
634Default: 0.
635When 0, the only way to open a fold generated by 2html.vim with
636|g:html_dynamic_folds| set, is to click on the generated fold column.
637When 1, use CSS 2.0 to allow the user to open a fold by moving the mouse
638cursor over the displayed fold text. This is useful to allow users with
639disabled javascript to view the folded text.
640
641Note that old browsers (notably Internet Explorer 6) will not support this
642feature. Browser-specific markup for IE6 is included to fall back to the
643normal CSS1 styling so that the folds show up correctly for this browser, but
644they will not be openable without a foldcolumn.
645>
646 :let g:html_hover_unfold = 1
647<
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200648 *g:html_id_expr*
649Default: ""
650Dynamic folding and jumping to line IDs rely on unique IDs within the document
651to work. If generated HTML is copied into a larger document, these IDs are no
652longer guaranteed to be unique. Set g:html_id_expr to an expression Vim can
653evaluate to get a unique string to append to each ID used in a given document,
654so that the full IDs will be unique even when combined with other content in a
655larger HTML document. Example, to append _ and the buffer number to each ID: >
656
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +0000657 :let g:html_id_expr = '"_" .. bufnr("%")'
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200658<
659To append a string "_mystring" to the end of each ID: >
660
661 :let g:html_id_expr = '"_mystring"'
662<
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100663Note: When converting a diff view to HTML, the expression will only be
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200664evaluated for the first window in the diff, and the result used for all the
665windows.
666
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200667 *TOhtml-wrap-text* *g:html_pre_wrap*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100668Default: Current 'wrap' setting.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200669When 0, if |g:html_no_pre| is 0 or unset, the text in the generated HTML does
670not wrap at the edge of the browser window.
671When 1, if |g:html_use_css| is 1, the CSS 2.0 "white-space:pre-wrap" value is
672used, causing the text to wrap at whitespace at the edge of the browser
673window.
674Explicitly enable text wrapping: >
675 :let g:html_pre_wrap = 1
676Explicitly disable wrapping: >
677 :let g:html_pre_wrap = 0
678Go back to default, determine wrapping from 'wrap' setting: >
679 :unlet g:html_pre_wrap
680<
681 *g:html_no_pre*
682Default: 0.
683When 0, buffer text in the generated HTML is surrounded by <pre>...</pre>
684tags. Series of whitespace is shown as in Vim without special markup, and tab
685characters can be included literally (see |g:html_expand_tabs|).
686When 1 (not recommended), the <pre> tags are omitted, and a plain <div> is
687used instead. Whitespace is replaced by a series of &nbsp; character
688references, and <br> is used to end each line. This is another way to allow
689text in the generated HTML is wrap (see |g:html_pre_wrap|) which also works in
690old browsers, but may cause noticeable differences between Vim's display and
691the rendered page generated by 2html.vim.
692>
693 :let g:html_no_pre = 1
694<
695 *g:html_expand_tabs*
Bram Moolenaarf0d58ef2018-11-16 16:13:44 +0100696Default: 0 if 'tabstop' is 8, 'expandtab' is 0, 'vartabstop' is not in use,
697 and no fold column or line numbers occur in the generated HTML;
698 1 otherwise.
699When 1, <Tab> characters in the buffer text are replaced with an appropriate
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200700number of space characters, or &nbsp; references if |g:html_no_pre| is 1.
Bram Moolenaarf0d58ef2018-11-16 16:13:44 +0100701When 0, if |g:html_no_pre| is 0 or unset, <Tab> characters in the buffer text
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200702are included as-is in the generated HTML. This is useful for when you want to
703allow copy and paste from a browser without losing the actual whitespace in
704the source document. Note that this can easily break text alignment and
705indentation in the HTML, unless set by default.
706
707Force |2html.vim| to keep <Tab> characters: >
708 :let g:html_expand_tabs = 0
709<
710Force tabs to be expanded: >
711 :let g:html_expand_tabs = 1
712<
713 *TOhtml-encoding-detect* *TOhtml-encoding*
714It is highly recommended to set your desired encoding with
715|g:html_use_encoding| for any content which will be placed on a web server.
716
717If you do not specify an encoding, |2html.vim| uses the preferred IANA name
718for the current value of 'fileencoding' if set, or 'encoding' if not.
719'encoding' is always used for certain 'buftype' values. 'fileencoding' will be
720set to match the chosen document encoding.
721
722Automatic detection works for the encodings mentioned specifically by name in
723|encoding-names|, but TOhtml will only automatically use those encodings with
724wide browser support. However, you can override this to support specific
725encodings that may not be automatically detected by default (see options
726below). See http://www.iana.org/assignments/character-sets for the IANA names.
727
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100728Note: By default all Unicode encodings are converted to UTF-8 with no BOM in
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200729the generated HTML, as recommended by W3C:
730
731 http://www.w3.org/International/questions/qa-choosing-encodings
732 http://www.w3.org/International/questions/qa-byte-order-mark
733
734 *g:html_use_encoding*
735Default: none, uses IANA name for current 'fileencoding' as above.
736To overrule all automatic charset detection, set g:html_use_encoding to the
737name of the charset to be used. It is recommended to set this variable to
738something widely supported, like UTF-8, for anything you will be hosting on a
739webserver: >
740 :let g:html_use_encoding = "UTF-8"
741You can also use this option to omit the line that specifies the charset
742entirely, by setting g:html_use_encoding to an empty string (NOT recommended): >
743 :let g:html_use_encoding = ""
744To go back to the automatic mechanism, delete the |g:html_use_encoding|
745variable: >
746 :unlet g:html_use_encoding
747<
748 *g:html_encoding_override*
749Default: none, autoload/tohtml.vim contains default conversions for encodings
750 mentioned by name at |encoding-names|.
751This option allows |2html.vim| to detect the correct 'fileencoding' when you
752specify an encoding with |g:html_use_encoding| which is not in the default
753list of conversions.
754
755This is a dictionary of charset-encoding pairs that will replace existing
756pairs automatically detected by TOhtml, or supplement with new pairs.
757
758Detect the HTML charset "windows-1252" as the encoding "8bit-cp1252": >
759 :let g:html_encoding_override = {'windows-1252': '8bit-cp1252'}
760<
761 *g:html_charset_override*
762Default: none, autoload/tohtml.vim contains default conversions for encodings
763 mentioned by name at |encoding-names| and which have wide
764 browser support.
765This option allows |2html.vim| to detect the HTML charset for any
766'fileencoding' or 'encoding' which is not detected automatically. You can also
767use it to override specific existing encoding-charset pairs. For example,
768TOhtml will by default use UTF-8 for all Unicode/UCS encodings. To use UTF-16
769and UTF-32 instead, use: >
770 :let g:html_charset_override = {'ucs-4': 'UTF-32', 'utf-16': 'UTF-16'}
771
772Note that documents encoded in either UTF-32 or UTF-16 have known
773compatibility problems with some major browsers.
774
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200775 *g:html_font*
776Default: "monospace"
777You can specify the font or fonts used in the converted document using
778g:html_font. If this option is set to a string, then the value will be
779surrounded with single quotes. If this option is set to a list then each list
780item is surrounded by single quotes and the list is joined with commas. Either
781way, "monospace" is added as the fallback generic family name and the entire
782result used as the font family (using CSS) or font face (if not using CSS).
783Examples: >
784
785 " font-family: 'Consolas', monospace;
786 :let g:html_font = "Consolas"
787
788 " font-family: 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Consolas', monospace;
789 :let g:html_font = ["DejaVu Sans Mono", "Consolas"]
790<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200791 *convert-to-XML* *convert-to-XHTML* *g:html_use_xhtml*
792Default: 0.
793When 0, generate standard HTML 4.01 (strict when possible).
794When 1, generate XHTML 1.0 instead (XML compliant HTML).
795>
796 :let g:html_use_xhtml = 1
797<
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100798==============================================================================
7995. Syntax file remarks *:syn-file-remarks*
800
801 *b:current_syntax-variable*
802Vim stores the name of the syntax that has been loaded in the
803"b:current_syntax" variable. You can use this if you want to load other
804settings, depending on which syntax is active. Example: >
805 :au BufReadPost * if b:current_syntax == "csh"
806 :au BufReadPost * do-some-things
807 :au BufReadPost * endif
808
809
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000810
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000811ABEL *abel.vim* *ft-abel-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000812
813ABEL highlighting provides some user-defined options. To enable them, assign
814any value to the respective variable. Example: >
815 :let abel_obsolete_ok=1
816To disable them use ":unlet". Example: >
817 :unlet abel_obsolete_ok
818
819Variable Highlight ~
820abel_obsolete_ok obsolete keywords are statements, not errors
821abel_cpp_comments_illegal do not interpret '//' as inline comment leader
822
823
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +0000824ADA
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000825
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +0000826See |ft-ada-syntax|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000827
828
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000829ANT *ant.vim* *ft-ant-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000830
831The ant syntax file provides syntax highlighting for javascript and python
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +0000832by default. Syntax highlighting for other script languages can be installed
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000833by the function AntSyntaxScript(), which takes the tag name as first argument
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +0000834and the script syntax file name as second argument. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000835
836 :call AntSyntaxScript('perl', 'perl.vim')
837
838will install syntax perl highlighting for the following ant code >
839
840 <script language = 'perl'><![CDATA[
841 # everything inside is highlighted as perl
842 ]]></script>
843
844See |mysyntaxfile-add| for installing script languages permanently.
845
846
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000847APACHE *apache.vim* *ft-apache-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000848
Bram Moolenaar01164a62017-11-02 22:58:42 +0100849The apache syntax file provides syntax highlighting for Apache HTTP server
850version 2.2.3.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000851
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000852
853 *asm.vim* *asmh8300.vim* *nasm.vim* *masm.vim* *asm68k*
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000854ASSEMBLY *ft-asm-syntax* *ft-asmh8300-syntax* *ft-nasm-syntax*
855 *ft-masm-syntax* *ft-asm68k-syntax* *fasm.vim*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000856
857Files matching "*.i" could be Progress or Assembly. If the automatic detection
858doesn't work for you, or you don't edit Progress at all, use this in your
859startup vimrc: >
860 :let filetype_i = "asm"
861Replace "asm" with the type of assembly you use.
862
863There are many types of assembly languages that all use the same file name
864extensions. Therefore you will have to select the type yourself, or add a
865line in the assembly file that Vim will recognize. Currently these syntax
866files are included:
867 asm GNU assembly (the default)
868 asm68k Motorola 680x0 assembly
869 asmh8300 Hitachi H-8300 version of GNU assembly
870 ia64 Intel Itanium 64
871 fasm Flat assembly (http://flatassembler.net)
872 masm Microsoft assembly (probably works for any 80x86)
873 nasm Netwide assembly
874 tasm Turbo Assembly (with opcodes 80x86 up to Pentium, and
875 MMX)
876 pic PIC assembly (currently for PIC16F84)
877
878The most flexible is to add a line in your assembly file containing: >
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100879 asmsyntax=nasm
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000880Replace "nasm" with the name of the real assembly syntax. This line must be
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100881one of the first five lines in the file. No non-white text must be
Bram Moolenaar30b65812012-07-12 22:01:11 +0200882immediately before or after this text. Note that specifying asmsyntax=foo is
883equivalent to setting ft=foo in a |modeline|, and that in case of a conflict
884between the two settings the one from the modeline will take precedence (in
885particular, if you have ft=asm in the modeline, you will get the GNU syntax
886highlighting regardless of what is specified as asmsyntax).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000887
888The syntax type can always be overruled for a specific buffer by setting the
889b:asmsyntax variable: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000890 :let b:asmsyntax = "nasm"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000891
892If b:asmsyntax is not set, either automatically or by hand, then the value of
893the global variable asmsyntax is used. This can be seen as a default assembly
894language: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000895 :let asmsyntax = "nasm"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000896
897As a last resort, if nothing is defined, the "asm" syntax is used.
898
899
900Netwide assembler (nasm.vim) optional highlighting ~
901
902To enable a feature: >
903 :let {variable}=1|set syntax=nasm
904To disable a feature: >
905 :unlet {variable} |set syntax=nasm
906
907Variable Highlight ~
908nasm_loose_syntax unofficial parser allowed syntax not as Error
909 (parser dependent; not recommended)
910nasm_ctx_outside_macro contexts outside macro not as Error
911nasm_no_warn potentially risky syntax not as ToDo
912
913
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000914ASPPERL and ASPVBS *ft-aspperl-syntax* *ft-aspvbs-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000915
916*.asp and *.asa files could be either Perl or Visual Basic script. Since it's
917hard to detect this you can set two global variables to tell Vim what you are
918using. For Perl script use: >
919 :let g:filetype_asa = "aspperl"
920 :let g:filetype_asp = "aspperl"
921For Visual Basic use: >
922 :let g:filetype_asa = "aspvbs"
923 :let g:filetype_asp = "aspvbs"
924
925
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +0000926BAAN *baan.vim* *baan-syntax*
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000927
Bram Moolenaar53f7fcc2021-07-28 20:10:16 +0200928The baan.vim gives syntax support for BaanC of release BaanIV up to SSA ERP LN
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000929for both 3 GL and 4 GL programming. Large number of standard defines/constants
930are supported.
931
932Some special violation of coding standards will be signalled when one specify
933in ones |.vimrc|: >
934 let baan_code_stds=1
935
936*baan-folding*
937
938Syntax folding can be enabled at various levels through the variables
939mentioned below (Set those in your |.vimrc|). The more complex folding on
940source blocks and SQL can be CPU intensive.
941
942To allow any folding and enable folding at function level use: >
943 let baan_fold=1
944Folding can be enabled at source block level as if, while, for ,... The
945indentation preceding the begin/end keywords has to match (spaces are not
946considered equal to a tab). >
947 let baan_fold_block=1
948Folding can be enabled for embedded SQL blocks as SELECT, SELECTDO,
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +0000949SELECTEMPTY, ... The indentation preceding the begin/end keywords has to
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000950match (spaces are not considered equal to a tab). >
951 let baan_fold_sql=1
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +0000952Note: Block folding can result in many small folds. It is suggested to |:set|
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000953the options 'foldminlines' and 'foldnestmax' in |.vimrc| or use |:setlocal| in
954.../after/syntax/baan.vim (see |after-directory|). Eg: >
955 set foldminlines=5
956 set foldnestmax=6
957
958
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000959BASIC *basic.vim* *vb.vim* *ft-basic-syntax* *ft-vb-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000960
Bram Moolenaar6f4754b2022-01-23 12:07:04 +0000961Both Visual Basic and "normal" BASIC use the extension ".bas". To detect
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000962which one should be used, Vim checks for the string "VB_Name" in the first
963five lines of the file. If it is not found, filetype will be "basic",
964otherwise "vb". Files with the ".frm" extension will always be seen as Visual
965Basic.
966
Bram Moolenaar6f4754b2022-01-23 12:07:04 +0000967If the automatic detection doesn't work for you or you only edit, for
968example, FreeBASIC files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
969 :let filetype_bas = "freebasic"
970
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000971
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000972C *c.vim* *ft-c-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000973
974A few things in C highlighting are optional. To enable them assign any value
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +0100975(including zero) to the respective variable. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000976 :let c_comment_strings = 1
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +0100977 :let c_no_bracket_error = 0
978To disable them use `:unlet`. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000979 :unlet c_comment_strings
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +0100980Setting the value to zero doesn't work!
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000981
Bram Moolenaarba3ff532018-11-04 14:45:49 +0100982An alternative is to switch to the C++ highlighting: >
983 :set filetype=cpp
984
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000985Variable Highlight ~
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +0200986*c_gnu* GNU gcc specific items
987*c_comment_strings* strings and numbers inside a comment
988*c_space_errors* trailing white space and spaces before a <Tab>
989*c_no_trail_space_error* ... but no trailing spaces
990*c_no_tab_space_error* ... but no spaces before a <Tab>
991*c_no_bracket_error* don't highlight {}; inside [] as errors
992*c_no_curly_error* don't highlight {}; inside [] and () as errors;
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +0000993 except { and } in first column
Bram Moolenaar09521312016-08-12 22:54:35 +0200994 Default is to highlight them, otherwise you
995 can't spot a missing ")".
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +0100996*c_curly_error* highlight a missing } by finding all pairs; this
997 forces syncing from the start of the file, can be slow
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +0200998*c_no_ansi* don't do standard ANSI types and constants
999*c_ansi_typedefs* ... but do standard ANSI types
1000*c_ansi_constants* ... but do standard ANSI constants
1001*c_no_utf* don't highlight \u and \U in strings
1002*c_syntax_for_h* for *.h files use C syntax instead of C++ and use objc
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +02001003 syntax instead of objcpp
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001004*c_no_if0* don't highlight "#if 0" blocks as comments
1005*c_no_cformat* don't highlight %-formats in strings
1006*c_no_c99* don't highlight C99 standard items
1007*c_no_c11* don't highlight C11 standard items
1008*c_no_bsd* don't highlight BSD specific types
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001009
Bram Moolenaar293ee4d2004-12-09 21:34:53 +00001010When 'foldmethod' is set to "syntax" then /* */ comments and { } blocks will
1011become a fold. If you don't want comments to become a fold use: >
1012 :let c_no_comment_fold = 1
Bram Moolenaarf9393ef2006-04-24 19:47:27 +00001013"#if 0" blocks are also folded, unless: >
1014 :let c_no_if0_fold = 1
Bram Moolenaar293ee4d2004-12-09 21:34:53 +00001015
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001016If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
1017when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "c_minlines" internal variable
1018to a larger number: >
1019 :let c_minlines = 100
1020This will make the syntax synchronization start 100 lines before the first
1021displayed line. The default value is 50 (15 when c_no_if0 is set). The
1022disadvantage of using a larger number is that redrawing can become slow.
1023
1024When using the "#if 0" / "#endif" comment highlighting, notice that this only
1025works when the "#if 0" is within "c_minlines" from the top of the window. If
1026you have a long "#if 0" construct it will not be highlighted correctly.
1027
1028To match extra items in comments, use the cCommentGroup cluster.
1029Example: >
1030 :au Syntax c call MyCadd()
1031 :function MyCadd()
1032 : syn keyword cMyItem contained Ni
1033 : syn cluster cCommentGroup add=cMyItem
1034 : hi link cMyItem Title
1035 :endfun
1036
1037ANSI constants will be highlighted with the "cConstant" group. This includes
1038"NULL", "SIG_IGN" and others. But not "TRUE", for example, because this is
1039not in the ANSI standard. If you find this confusing, remove the cConstant
1040highlighting: >
1041 :hi link cConstant NONE
1042
1043If you see '{' and '}' highlighted as an error where they are OK, reset the
1044highlighting for cErrInParen and cErrInBracket.
1045
1046If you want to use folding in your C files, you can add these lines in a file
Bram Moolenaar06b5d512010-05-22 15:37:44 +02001047in the "after" directory in 'runtimepath'. For Unix this would be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001048~/.vim/after/syntax/c.vim. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001049 syn sync fromstart
1050 set foldmethod=syntax
1051
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001052CH *ch.vim* *ft-ch-syntax*
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00001053
1054C/C++ interpreter. Ch has similar syntax highlighting to C and builds upon
1055the C syntax file. See |c.vim| for all the settings that are available for C.
1056
1057By setting a variable you can tell Vim to use Ch syntax for *.h files, instead
1058of C or C++: >
1059 :let ch_syntax_for_h = 1
1060
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001061
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001062CHILL *chill.vim* *ft-chill-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001063
1064Chill syntax highlighting is similar to C. See |c.vim| for all the settings
1065that are available. Additionally there is:
1066
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001067chill_space_errors like c_space_errors
1068chill_comment_string like c_comment_strings
1069chill_minlines like c_minlines
1070
1071
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001072CHANGELOG *changelog.vim* *ft-changelog-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001073
1074ChangeLog supports highlighting spaces at the start of a line.
1075If you do not like this, add following line to your .vimrc: >
1076 let g:changelog_spacing_errors = 0
1077This works the next time you edit a changelog file. You can also use
1078"b:changelog_spacing_errors" to set this per buffer (before loading the syntax
1079file).
1080
1081You can change the highlighting used, e.g., to flag the spaces as an error: >
1082 :hi link ChangelogError Error
1083Or to avoid the highlighting: >
1084 :hi link ChangelogError NONE
1085This works immediately.
1086
1087
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001088CLOJURE *ft-clojure-syntax*
1089
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001090 *g:clojure_syntax_keywords*
1091
1092Syntax highlighting of public vars in "clojure.core" is provided by default,
1093but additional symbols can be highlighted by adding them to the
1094|g:clojure_syntax_keywords| variable. The value should be a |Dictionary| of
1095syntax group names, each containing a |List| of identifiers.
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001096>
1097 let g:clojure_syntax_keywords = {
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001098 \ 'clojureMacro': ["defproject", "defcustom"],
1099 \ 'clojureFunc': ["string/join", "string/replace"]
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001100 \ }
1101<
1102Refer to the Clojure syntax script for valid syntax group names.
1103
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001104There is also *b:clojure_syntax_keywords* which is a buffer-local variant of
1105this variable intended for use by plugin authors to highlight symbols
1106dynamically.
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001107
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001108By setting the *b:clojure_syntax_without_core_keywords* variable, vars from
1109"clojure.core" will not be highlighted by default. This is useful for
1110namespaces that have set `(:refer-clojure :only [])`
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001111
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001112
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001113 *g:clojure_fold*
1114
1115Setting |g:clojure_fold| to `1` will enable the folding of Clojure code. Any
1116list, vector or map that extends over more than one line can be folded using
1117the standard Vim |fold-commands|.
1118
1119
1120 *g:clojure_discard_macro*
1121
1122Set this variable to `1` to enable basic highlighting of Clojure's "discard
1123reader macro".
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001124>
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001125 #_(defn foo [x]
1126 (println x))
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001127<
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001128Note that this option will not correctly highlight stacked discard macros
1129(e.g. `#_#_`).
1130
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001131
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001132COBOL *cobol.vim* *ft-cobol-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001133
1134COBOL highlighting has different needs for legacy code than it does for fresh
1135development. This is due to differences in what is being done (maintenance
1136versus development) and other factors. To enable legacy code highlighting,
1137add this line to your .vimrc: >
1138 :let cobol_legacy_code = 1
1139To disable it again, use this: >
1140 :unlet cobol_legacy_code
1141
1142
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001143COLD FUSION *coldfusion.vim* *ft-coldfusion-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001144
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001145The ColdFusion has its own version of HTML comments. To turn on ColdFusion
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001146comment highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1147
1148 :let html_wrong_comments = 1
1149
1150The ColdFusion syntax file is based on the HTML syntax file.
1151
1152
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001153CPP *cpp.vim* *ft-cpp-syntax*
1154
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02001155Most things are the same as |ft-c-syntax|.
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001156
1157Variable Highlight ~
Bram Moolenaara0f849e2015-10-30 14:37:44 +01001158cpp_no_cpp11 don't highlight C++11 standard items
Bram Moolenaarb4ff5182015-11-10 21:15:48 +01001159cpp_no_cpp14 don't highlight C++14 standard items
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02001160cpp_no_cpp17 don't highlight C++17 standard items
1161cpp_no_cpp20 don't highlight C++20 standard items
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001162
1163
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001164CSH *csh.vim* *ft-csh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001165
1166This covers the shell named "csh". Note that on some systems tcsh is actually
1167used.
1168
1169Detecting whether a file is csh or tcsh is notoriously hard. Some systems
1170symlink /bin/csh to /bin/tcsh, making it almost impossible to distinguish
1171between csh and tcsh. In case VIM guesses wrong you can set the
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02001172"filetype_csh" variable. For using csh: *g:filetype_csh*
1173>
1174 :let g:filetype_csh = "csh"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001175
1176For using tcsh: >
1177
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02001178 :let g:filetype_csh = "tcsh"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001179
1180Any script with a tcsh extension or a standard tcsh filename (.tcshrc,
1181tcsh.tcshrc, tcsh.login) will have filetype tcsh. All other tcsh/csh scripts
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001182will be classified as tcsh, UNLESS the "filetype_csh" variable exists. If the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001183"filetype_csh" variable exists, the filetype will be set to the value of the
1184variable.
1185
1186
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001187CYNLIB *cynlib.vim* *ft-cynlib-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001188
1189Cynlib files are C++ files that use the Cynlib class library to enable
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001190hardware modelling and simulation using C++. Typically Cynlib files have a .cc
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001191or a .cpp extension, which makes it very difficult to distinguish them from a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001192normal C++ file. Thus, to enable Cynlib highlighting for .cc files, add this
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001193line to your .vimrc file: >
1194
1195 :let cynlib_cyntax_for_cc=1
1196
1197Similarly for cpp files (this extension is only usually used in Windows) >
1198
1199 :let cynlib_cyntax_for_cpp=1
1200
1201To disable these again, use this: >
1202
1203 :unlet cynlib_cyntax_for_cc
1204 :unlet cynlib_cyntax_for_cpp
1205<
1206
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001207CWEB *cweb.vim* *ft-cweb-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001208
1209Files matching "*.w" could be Progress or cweb. If the automatic detection
1210doesn't work for you, or you don't edit Progress at all, use this in your
1211startup vimrc: >
1212 :let filetype_w = "cweb"
1213
1214
Bram Moolenaar96f45c02019-10-26 19:53:45 +02001215DART *dart.vim* *ft-dart-syntax*
1216
1217Dart is an object-oriented, typed, class defined, garbage collected language
1218used for developing mobile, desktop, web, and back-end applications. Dart uses
1219a C-like syntax derived from C, Java, and JavaScript, with features adopted
1220from Smalltalk, Python, Ruby, and others.
1221
1222More information about the language and its development environment at the
1223official Dart language website at https://dart.dev
1224
1225dart.vim syntax detects and highlights Dart statements, reserved words,
1226type declarations, storage classes, conditionals, loops, interpolated values,
1227and comments. There is no support idioms from Flutter or any other Dart
1228framework.
1229
1230Changes, fixes? Submit an issue or pull request via:
1231
1232https://github.com/pr3d4t0r/dart-vim-syntax/
1233
1234
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001235DESKTOP *desktop.vim* *ft-desktop-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001236
1237Primary goal of this syntax file is to highlight .desktop and .directory files
Bram Moolenaara17d4c12010-05-30 18:30:36 +02001238according to freedesktop.org standard:
Bram Moolenaar65e0d772020-06-14 17:29:55 +02001239https://specifications.freedesktop.org/desktop-entry-spec/latest/
1240To highlight nonstandard extensions that does not begin with X-, set >
1241 let g:desktop_enable_nonstd = 1
1242Note that this may cause wrong highlight.
1243To highlight KDE-reserved features, set >
1244 let g:desktop_enable_kde = 1
1245g:desktop_enable_kde follows g:desktop_enable_nonstd if not supplied
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001246
1247
Bram Moolenaar8feef4f2015-01-07 16:57:10 +01001248DIFF *diff.vim*
1249
1250The diff highlighting normally finds translated headers. This can be slow if
1251there are very long lines in the file. To disable translations: >
1252
1253 :let diff_translations = 0
1254
Bram Moolenaar0122c402015-02-03 19:13:34 +01001255Also see |diff-slow|.
1256
Bram Moolenaar8feef4f2015-01-07 16:57:10 +01001257
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001258DIRCOLORS *dircolors.vim* *ft-dircolors-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001259
1260The dircolors utility highlighting definition has one option. It exists to
1261provide compatibility with the Slackware GNU/Linux distributions version of
1262the command. It adds a few keywords that are generally ignored by most
1263versions. On Slackware systems, however, the utility accepts the keywords and
1264uses them for processing. To enable the Slackware keywords add the following
1265line to your startup file: >
1266 let dircolors_is_slackware = 1
1267
1268
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001269DOCBOOK *docbk.vim* *ft-docbk-syntax* *docbook*
Bram Moolenaar81af9252010-12-10 20:35:50 +01001270DOCBOOK XML *docbkxml.vim* *ft-docbkxml-syntax*
1271DOCBOOK SGML *docbksgml.vim* *ft-docbksgml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001272
1273There are two types of DocBook files: SGML and XML. To specify what type you
1274are using the "b:docbk_type" variable should be set. Vim does this for you
1275automatically if it can recognize the type. When Vim can't guess it the type
1276defaults to XML.
1277You can set the type manually: >
1278 :let docbk_type = "sgml"
1279or: >
1280 :let docbk_type = "xml"
1281You need to do this before loading the syntax file, which is complicated.
1282Simpler is setting the filetype to "docbkxml" or "docbksgml": >
1283 :set filetype=docbksgml
1284or: >
1285 :set filetype=docbkxml
1286
Bram Moolenaar2df58b42012-11-28 18:21:11 +01001287You can specify the DocBook version: >
1288 :let docbk_ver = 3
1289When not set 4 is used.
1290
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001291
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001292DOSBATCH *dosbatch.vim* *ft-dosbatch-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001293
1294There is one option with highlighting DOS batch files. This covers new
1295extensions to the Command Interpreter introduced with Windows 2000 and
1296is controlled by the variable dosbatch_cmdextversion. For Windows NT
1297this should have the value 1, and for Windows 2000 it should be 2.
1298Select the version you want with the following line: >
1299
Bram Moolenaar8299df92004-07-10 09:47:34 +00001300 :let dosbatch_cmdextversion = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001301
1302If this variable is not defined it defaults to a value of 2 to support
1303Windows 2000.
1304
Bram Moolenaar8299df92004-07-10 09:47:34 +00001305A second option covers whether *.btm files should be detected as type
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001306"dosbatch" (MS-DOS batch files) or type "btm" (4DOS batch files). The latter
1307is used by default. You may select the former with the following line: >
Bram Moolenaar8299df92004-07-10 09:47:34 +00001308
1309 :let g:dosbatch_syntax_for_btm = 1
1310
1311If this variable is undefined or zero, btm syntax is selected.
1312
1313
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001314DOXYGEN *doxygen.vim* *doxygen-syntax*
1315
1316Doxygen generates code documentation using a special documentation format
Bram Moolenaare37d50a2008-08-06 17:06:04 +00001317(similar to Javadoc). This syntax script adds doxygen highlighting to c, cpp,
1318idl and php files, and should also work with java.
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001319
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00001320There are a few of ways to turn on doxygen formatting. It can be done
1321explicitly or in a modeline by appending '.doxygen' to the syntax of the file.
1322Example: >
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001323 :set syntax=c.doxygen
1324or >
1325 // vim:syntax=c.doxygen
1326
Bram Moolenaar5dc62522012-02-13 00:05:22 +01001327It can also be done automatically for C, C++, C#, IDL and PHP files by setting
1328the global or buffer-local variable load_doxygen_syntax. This is done by
1329adding the following to your .vimrc. >
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001330 :let g:load_doxygen_syntax=1
1331
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001332There are a couple of variables that have an effect on syntax highlighting,
1333and are to do with non-standard highlighting options.
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001334
1335Variable Default Effect ~
1336g:doxygen_enhanced_color
1337g:doxygen_enhanced_colour 0 Use non-standard highlighting for
1338 doxygen comments.
1339
1340doxygen_my_rendering 0 Disable rendering of HTML bold, italic
1341 and html_my_rendering underline.
1342
1343doxygen_javadoc_autobrief 1 Set to 0 to disable javadoc autobrief
1344 colour highlighting.
1345
1346doxygen_end_punctuation '[.]' Set to regexp match for the ending
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00001347 punctuation of brief
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001348
Bram Moolenaarfc65cab2018-08-28 22:58:02 +02001349There are also some highlight groups worth mentioning as they can be useful in
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001350configuration.
1351
1352Highlight Effect ~
1353doxygenErrorComment The colour of an end-comment when missing
1354 punctuation in a code, verbatim or dot section
1355doxygenLinkError The colour of an end-comment when missing the
1356 \endlink from a \link section.
1357
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001358
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001359DTD *dtd.vim* *ft-dtd-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001360
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001361The DTD syntax highlighting is case sensitive by default. To disable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001362case-sensitive highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1363
1364 :let dtd_ignore_case=1
1365
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001366The DTD syntax file will highlight unknown tags as errors. If
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001367this is annoying, it can be turned off by setting: >
1368
1369 :let dtd_no_tag_errors=1
1370
1371before sourcing the dtd.vim syntax file.
1372Parameter entity names are highlighted in the definition using the
1373'Type' highlighting group and 'Comment' for punctuation and '%'.
1374Parameter entity instances are highlighted using the 'Constant'
1375highlighting group and the 'Type' highlighting group for the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001376delimiters % and ;. This can be turned off by setting: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001377
1378 :let dtd_no_param_entities=1
1379
1380The DTD syntax file is also included by xml.vim to highlight included dtd's.
1381
1382
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001383EIFFEL *eiffel.vim* *ft-eiffel-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001384
1385While Eiffel is not case-sensitive, its style guidelines are, and the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001386syntax highlighting file encourages their use. This also allows to
1387highlight class names differently. If you want to disable case-sensitive
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001388highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1389
1390 :let eiffel_ignore_case=1
1391
1392Case still matters for class names and TODO marks in comments.
1393
1394Conversely, for even stricter checks, add one of the following lines: >
1395
1396 :let eiffel_strict=1
1397 :let eiffel_pedantic=1
1398
1399Setting eiffel_strict will only catch improper capitalization for the
1400five predefined words "Current", "Void", "Result", "Precursor", and
1401"NONE", to warn against their accidental use as feature or class names.
1402
1403Setting eiffel_pedantic will enforce adherence to the Eiffel style
1404guidelines fairly rigorously (like arbitrary mixes of upper- and
1405lowercase letters as well as outdated ways to capitalize keywords).
1406
1407If you want to use the lower-case version of "Current", "Void",
1408"Result", and "Precursor", you can use >
1409
1410 :let eiffel_lower_case_predef=1
1411
1412instead of completely turning case-sensitive highlighting off.
1413
1414Support for ISE's proposed new creation syntax that is already
1415experimentally handled by some compilers can be enabled by: >
1416
1417 :let eiffel_ise=1
1418
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001419Finally, some vendors support hexadecimal constants. To handle them, add >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001420
1421 :let eiffel_hex_constants=1
1422
1423to your startup file.
1424
1425
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001426EUPHORIA *euphoria3.vim* *euphoria4.vim* *ft-euphoria-syntax*
1427
Bram Moolenaar7ff78462020-07-10 22:00:53 +02001428Two syntax highlighting files exist for Euphoria. One for Euphoria
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001429version 3.1.1, which is the default syntax highlighting file, and one for
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001430Euphoria version 4.0.5 or later.
1431
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001432Euphoria version 3.1.1 (http://www.rapideuphoria.com/) is still necessary
1433for developing applications for the DOS platform, which Euphoria version 4
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001434(http://www.openeuphoria.org/) does not support.
1435
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001436The following file extensions are auto-detected as Euphoria file type:
1437
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001438 *.e, *.eu, *.ew, *.ex, *.exu, *.exw
1439 *.E, *.EU, *.EW, *.EX, *.EXU, *.EXW
1440
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001441To select syntax highlighting file for Euphoria, as well as for
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001442auto-detecting the *.e and *.E file extensions as Euphoria file type,
1443add the following line to your startup file: >
1444
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001445 :let g:filetype_euphoria = "euphoria3"
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001446
Bram Moolenaar4d8f4762021-06-27 15:18:56 +02001447< or >
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001448
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001449 :let g:filetype_euphoria = "euphoria4"
1450
Bram Moolenaar2f0936c2022-01-08 21:51:59 +00001451Elixir and Euphoria share the *.ex file extension. If the filetype is
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001452specifically set as Euphoria with the g:filetype_euphoria variable, or the
1453file is determined to be Euphoria based on keywords in the file, then the
1454filetype will be set as Euphoria. Otherwise, the filetype will default to
1455Elixir.
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001456
1457
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001458ERLANG *erlang.vim* *ft-erlang-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001459
Bram Moolenaarad3b3662013-05-17 18:14:19 +02001460Erlang is a functional programming language developed by Ericsson. Files with
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +02001461the following extensions are recognized as Erlang files: erl, hrl, yaws.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001462
Bram Moolenaarad3b3662013-05-17 18:14:19 +02001463The BIFs (built-in functions) are highlighted by default. To disable this,
1464put the following line in your vimrc: >
1465
1466 :let g:erlang_highlight_bifs = 0
1467
1468To enable highlighting some special atoms, put this in your vimrc: >
1469
1470 :let g:erlang_highlight_special_atoms = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001471
1472
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001473ELIXIR *elixir.vim* *ft-elixir-syntax*
1474
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001475Elixir is a dynamic, functional language for building scalable and
1476maintainable applications.
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001477
1478The following file extensions are auto-detected as Elixir file types:
1479
1480 *.ex, *.exs, *.eex, *.leex, *.lock
1481
Bram Moolenaar2f0936c2022-01-08 21:51:59 +00001482Elixir and Euphoria share the *.ex file extension. If the filetype is
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001483specifically set as Euphoria with the g:filetype_euphoria variable, or the
1484file is determined to be Euphoria based on keywords in the file, then the
1485filetype will be set as Euphoria. Otherwise, the filetype will default to
1486Elixir.
1487
1488
Bram Moolenaard68071d2006-05-02 22:08:30 +00001489FLEXWIKI *flexwiki.vim* *ft-flexwiki-syntax*
1490
1491FlexWiki is an ASP.NET-based wiki package available at http://www.flexwiki.com
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001492NOTE: This site currently doesn't work, on Wikipedia is mentioned that
Bram Moolenaar446beb42011-05-10 17:18:44 +02001493development stopped in 2009.
Bram Moolenaard68071d2006-05-02 22:08:30 +00001494
1495Syntax highlighting is available for the most common elements of FlexWiki
1496syntax. The associated ftplugin script sets some buffer-local options to make
1497editing FlexWiki pages more convenient. FlexWiki considers a newline as the
1498start of a new paragraph, so the ftplugin sets 'tw'=0 (unlimited line length),
1499'wrap' (wrap long lines instead of using horizontal scrolling), 'linebreak'
1500(to wrap at a character in 'breakat' instead of at the last char on screen),
1501and so on. It also includes some keymaps that are disabled by default.
1502
1503If you want to enable the keymaps that make "j" and "k" and the cursor keys
1504move up and down by display lines, add this to your .vimrc: >
1505 :let flexwiki_maps = 1
1506
1507
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001508FORM *form.vim* *ft-form-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001509
1510The coloring scheme for syntax elements in the FORM file uses the default
1511modes Conditional, Number, Statement, Comment, PreProc, Type, and String,
Bram Moolenaardd2a0d82007-05-12 15:07:00 +00001512following the language specifications in 'Symbolic Manipulation with FORM' by
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001513J.A.M. Vermaseren, CAN, Netherlands, 1991.
1514
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01001515If you want to include your own changes to the default colors, you have to
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001516redefine the following syntax groups:
1517
1518 - formConditional
1519 - formNumber
1520 - formStatement
1521 - formHeaderStatement
1522 - formComment
1523 - formPreProc
1524 - formDirective
1525 - formType
1526 - formString
1527
1528Note that the form.vim syntax file implements FORM preprocessor commands and
1529directives per default in the same syntax group.
1530
1531A predefined enhanced color mode for FORM is available to distinguish between
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001532header statements and statements in the body of a FORM program. To activate
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001533this mode define the following variable in your vimrc file >
1534
1535 :let form_enhanced_color=1
1536
1537The enhanced mode also takes advantage of additional color features for a dark
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001538gvim display. Here, statements are colored LightYellow instead of Yellow, and
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001539conditionals are LightBlue for better distinction.
1540
Bram Moolenaara2baa732022-02-04 16:09:54 +00001541Both Visual Basic and FORM use the extension ".frm". To detect which one
1542should be used, Vim checks for the string "VB_Name" in the first five lines of
1543the file. If it is found, filetype will be "vb", otherwise "form".
1544
1545If the automatic detection doesn't work for you or you only edit, for
1546example, FORM files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
1547 :let filetype_frm = "form"
1548
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001549
Bram Moolenaar3d14c0f2021-11-27 17:22:07 +00001550FORTH *forth.vim* *ft-forth-syntax*
1551
1552Files matching "*.fs" could be F# or Forth. If the automatic detection
1553doesn't work for you, or you don't edit F# at all, use this in your
1554startup vimrc: >
1555 :let filetype_fs = "forth"
1556
1557
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001558FORTRAN *fortran.vim* *ft-fortran-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001559
1560Default highlighting and dialect ~
Bram Moolenaar6ee8d892012-01-10 14:55:01 +01001561Highlighting appropriate for Fortran 2008 is used by default. This choice
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02001562should be appropriate for most users most of the time because Fortran 2008 is
1563almost a superset of previous versions (Fortran 2003, 95, 90, and 77).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001564
1565Fortran source code form ~
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001566Fortran code can be in either fixed or free source form. Note that the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001567syntax highlighting will not be correct if the form is incorrectly set.
1568
1569When you create a new fortran file, the syntax script assumes fixed source
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001570form. If you always use free source form, then >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001571 :let fortran_free_source=1
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001572in your .vimrc prior to the :syntax on command. If you always use fixed
1573source form, then >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001574 :let fortran_fixed_source=1
1575in your .vimrc prior to the :syntax on command.
1576
Bram Moolenaar256972a2015-12-29 19:10:25 +01001577If the form of the source code depends, in a non-standard way, upon the file
1578extension, then it is most convenient to set fortran_free_source in a ftplugin
1579file. For more information on ftplugin files, see |ftplugin|. Note that this
1580will work only if the "filetype plugin indent on" command precedes the "syntax
1581on" command in your .vimrc file.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001582
1583When you edit an existing fortran file, the syntax script will assume free
1584source form if the fortran_free_source variable has been set, and assumes
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001585fixed source form if the fortran_fixed_source variable has been set. If
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001586neither of these variables have been set, the syntax script attempts to
Bram Moolenaar256972a2015-12-29 19:10:25 +01001587determine which source form has been used by examining the file extension
1588using conventions common to the ifort, gfortran, Cray, NAG, and PathScale
1589compilers (.f, .for, .f77 for fixed-source, .f90, .f95, .f03, .f08 for
1590free-source). If none of this works, then the script examines the first five
1591columns of the first 500 lines of your file. If no signs of free source form
1592are detected, then the file is assumed to be in fixed source form. The
1593algorithm should work in the vast majority of cases. In some cases, such as a
1594file that begins with 500 or more full-line comments, the script may
1595incorrectly decide that the fortran code is in fixed form. If that happens,
1596just add a non-comment statement beginning anywhere in the first five columns
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01001597of the first twenty-five lines, save (:w) and then reload (:e!) the file.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001598
1599Tabs in fortran files ~
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001600Tabs are not recognized by the Fortran standards. Tabs are not a good idea in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001601fixed format fortran source code which requires fixed column boundaries.
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001602Therefore, tabs are marked as errors. Nevertheless, some programmers like
1603using tabs. If your fortran files contain tabs, then you should set the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001604variable fortran_have_tabs in your .vimrc with a command such as >
1605 :let fortran_have_tabs=1
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001606placed prior to the :syntax on command. Unfortunately, the use of tabs will
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001607mean that the syntax file will not be able to detect incorrect margins.
1608
1609Syntax folding of fortran files ~
1610If you wish to use foldmethod=syntax, then you must first set the variable
1611fortran_fold with a command such as >
1612 :let fortran_fold=1
1613to instruct the syntax script to define fold regions for program units, that
1614is main programs starting with a program statement, subroutines, function
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001615subprograms, block data subprograms, interface blocks, and modules. If you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001616also set the variable fortran_fold_conditionals with a command such as >
1617 :let fortran_fold_conditionals=1
1618then fold regions will also be defined for do loops, if blocks, and select
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001619case constructs. If you also set the variable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001620fortran_fold_multilinecomments with a command such as >
1621 :let fortran_fold_multilinecomments=1
1622then fold regions will also be defined for three or more consecutive comment
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001623lines. Note that defining fold regions can be slow for large files.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001624
1625If fortran_fold, and possibly fortran_fold_conditionals and/or
1626fortran_fold_multilinecomments, have been set, then vim will fold your file if
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001627you set foldmethod=syntax. Comments or blank lines placed between two program
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001628units are not folded because they are seen as not belonging to any program
1629unit.
1630
1631More precise fortran syntax ~
1632If you set the variable fortran_more_precise with a command such as >
1633 :let fortran_more_precise=1
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001634then the syntax coloring will be more precise but slower. In particular,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001635statement labels used in do, goto and arithmetic if statements will be
1636recognized, as will construct names at the end of a do, if, select or forall
1637construct.
1638
1639Non-default fortran dialects ~
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001640The syntax script supports two Fortran dialects: f08 and F. You will probably
1641find the default highlighting (f08) satisfactory. A few legacy constructs
1642deleted or declared obsolescent in the 2008 standard are highlighted as todo
1643items.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001644
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001645If you use F, the advantage of setting the dialect appropriately is that
1646other legacy features excluded from F will be highlighted as todo items and
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02001647that free source form will be assumed.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001648
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001649The dialect can be selected in various ways. If all your fortran files use
1650the same dialect, set the global variable fortran_dialect in your .vimrc prior
1651to your syntax on statement. The case-sensitive, permissible values of
1652fortran_dialect are "f08" or "F". Invalid values of fortran_dialect are
1653ignored.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001654
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001655If the dialect depends upon the file extension, then it is most convenient to
1656set a buffer-local variable in a ftplugin file. For more information on
1657ftplugin files, see |ftplugin|. For example, if all your fortran files with
1658an .f90 extension are written in the F subset, your ftplugin file should
1659contain the code >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001660 let s:extfname = expand("%:e")
1661 if s:extfname ==? "f90"
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001662 let b:fortran_dialect="F"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001663 else
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001664 unlet! b:fortran_dialect
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001665 endif
1666Note that this will work only if the "filetype plugin indent on" command
1667precedes the "syntax on" command in your .vimrc file.
1668
1669Finer control is necessary if the file extension does not uniquely identify
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001670the dialect. You can override the default dialect, on a file-by-file basis,
1671by including a comment with the directive "fortran_dialect=xx" (where xx=F or
1672f08) in one of the first three lines in your file. For example, your older .f
1673files may be legacy code but your newer ones may be F codes, and you would
1674identify the latter by including in the first three lines of those files a
1675Fortran comment of the form >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001676 ! fortran_dialect=F
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001677
1678For previous versions of the syntax, you may have set fortran_dialect to the
1679now-obsolete values "f77", "f90", "f95", or "elf". Such settings will be
1680silently handled as "f08". Users of "elf" may wish to experiment with "F"
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02001681instead.
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001682
1683The syntax/fortran.vim script contains embedded comments that tell you how to
1684comment and/or uncomment some lines to (a) activate recognition of some
1685non-standard, vendor-supplied intrinsics and (b) to prevent features deleted
1686or declared obsolescent in the 2008 standard from being highlighted as todo
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02001687items.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001688
1689Limitations ~
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001690Parenthesis checking does not catch too few closing parentheses. Hollerith
1691strings are not recognized. Some keywords may be highlighted incorrectly
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001692because Fortran90 has no reserved words.
1693
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001694For further information related to fortran, see |ft-fortran-indent| and
1695|ft-fortran-plugin|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001696
Bram Moolenaar0d878b92022-07-01 18:45:04 +01001697FREEBASIC *freebasic.vim* *ft-freebasic-syntax*
1698
1699FreeBASIC files will be highlighted differently for each of the four available
1700dialects, "fb", "qb", "fblite" and "deprecated". See |ft-freebasic-plugin|
1701for how to select the correct dialect.
1702
1703Highlighting is further configurable via the following variables.
1704
1705Variable Highlight ~
1706*freebasic_no_comment_fold* disable multiline comment folding
1707*freebasic_operators* non-alpha operators
1708*freebasic_space_errors* trailing white space and spaces before a <Tab>
1709*freebasic_type_suffixes* QuickBASIC style type suffixes
1710
1711
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001712
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001713FVWM CONFIGURATION FILES *fvwm.vim* *ft-fvwm-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001714
1715In order for Vim to recognize Fvwm configuration files that do not match
1716the patterns *fvwmrc* or *fvwm2rc* , you must put additional patterns
1717appropriate to your system in your myfiletypes.vim file. For these
1718patterns, you must set the variable "b:fvwm_version" to the major version
1719number of Fvwm, and the 'filetype' option to fvwm.
1720
1721For example, to make Vim identify all files in /etc/X11/fvwm2/
1722as Fvwm2 configuration files, add the following: >
1723
1724 :au! BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/X11/fvwm2/* let b:fvwm_version = 2 |
1725 \ set filetype=fvwm
1726
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001727GSP *gsp.vim* *ft-gsp-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001728
1729The default coloring style for GSP pages is defined by |html.vim|, and
1730the coloring for java code (within java tags or inline between backticks)
1731is defined by |java.vim|. The following HTML groups defined in |html.vim|
1732are redefined to incorporate and highlight inline java code:
1733
1734 htmlString
1735 htmlValue
1736 htmlEndTag
1737 htmlTag
1738 htmlTagN
1739
1740Highlighting should look fine most of the places where you'd see inline
1741java code, but in some special cases it may not. To add another HTML
1742group where you will have inline java code where it does not highlight
1743correctly, just copy the line you want from |html.vim| and add gspJava
1744to the contains clause.
1745
1746The backticks for inline java are highlighted according to the htmlError
1747group to make them easier to see.
1748
1749
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001750GROFF *groff.vim* *ft-groff-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001751
1752The groff syntax file is a wrapper for |nroff.vim|, see the notes
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001753under that heading for examples of use and configuration. The purpose
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001754of this wrapper is to set up groff syntax extensions by setting the
1755filetype from a |modeline| or in a personal filetype definitions file
1756(see |filetype.txt|).
1757
1758
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001759HASKELL *haskell.vim* *lhaskell.vim* *ft-haskell-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001760
1761The Haskell syntax files support plain Haskell code as well as literate
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001762Haskell code, the latter in both Bird style and TeX style. The Haskell
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001763syntax highlighting will also highlight C preprocessor directives.
1764
1765If you want to highlight delimiter characters (useful if you have a
1766light-coloured background), add to your .vimrc: >
1767 :let hs_highlight_delimiters = 1
1768To treat True and False as keywords as opposed to ordinary identifiers,
1769add: >
1770 :let hs_highlight_boolean = 1
1771To also treat the names of primitive types as keywords: >
1772 :let hs_highlight_types = 1
1773And to treat the names of even more relatively common types as keywords: >
1774 :let hs_highlight_more_types = 1
1775If you want to highlight the names of debugging functions, put in
1776your .vimrc: >
1777 :let hs_highlight_debug = 1
1778
1779The Haskell syntax highlighting also highlights C preprocessor
1780directives, and flags lines that start with # but are not valid
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001781directives as erroneous. This interferes with Haskell's syntax for
1782operators, as they may start with #. If you want to highlight those
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001783as operators as opposed to errors, put in your .vimrc: >
1784 :let hs_allow_hash_operator = 1
1785
1786The syntax highlighting for literate Haskell code will try to
1787automatically guess whether your literate Haskell code contains
1788TeX markup or not, and correspondingly highlight TeX constructs
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001789or nothing at all. You can override this globally by putting
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001790in your .vimrc >
1791 :let lhs_markup = none
1792for no highlighting at all, or >
1793 :let lhs_markup = tex
1794to force the highlighting to always try to highlight TeX markup.
1795For more flexibility, you may also use buffer local versions of
1796this variable, so e.g. >
1797 :let b:lhs_markup = tex
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001798will force TeX highlighting for a particular buffer. It has to be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001799set before turning syntax highlighting on for the buffer or
1800loading a file.
1801
1802
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001803HTML *html.vim* *ft-html-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001804
1805The coloring scheme for tags in the HTML file works as follows.
1806
1807The <> of opening tags are colored differently than the </> of a closing tag.
1808This is on purpose! For opening tags the 'Function' color is used, while for
Bram Moolenaarc8cdf0f2021-03-13 13:28:13 +01001809closing tags the 'Identifier' color is used (See syntax.vim to check how those
1810are defined for you)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001811
1812Known tag names are colored the same way as statements in C. Unknown tag
1813names are colored with the same color as the <> or </> respectively which
1814makes it easy to spot errors
1815
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001816Note that the same is true for argument (or attribute) names. Known attribute
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001817names are colored differently than unknown ones.
1818
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001819Some HTML tags are used to change the rendering of text. The following tags
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001820are recognized by the html.vim syntax coloring file and change the way normal
1821text is shown: <B> <I> <U> <EM> <STRONG> (<EM> is used as an alias for <I>,
1822while <STRONG> as an alias for <B>), <H1> - <H6>, <HEAD>, <TITLE> and <A>, but
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001823only if used as a link (that is, it must include a href as in
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00001824<A href="somefile.html">).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001825
1826If you want to change how such text is rendered, you must redefine the
1827following syntax groups:
1828
1829 - htmlBold
1830 - htmlBoldUnderline
1831 - htmlBoldUnderlineItalic
1832 - htmlUnderline
1833 - htmlUnderlineItalic
1834 - htmlItalic
1835 - htmlTitle for titles
1836 - htmlH1 - htmlH6 for headings
1837
1838To make this redefinition work you must redefine them all with the exception
1839of the last two (htmlTitle and htmlH[1-6], which are optional) and define the
1840following variable in your vimrc (this is due to the order in which the files
1841are read during initialization) >
1842 :let html_my_rendering=1
1843
1844If you'd like to see an example download mysyntax.vim at
1845http://www.fleiner.com/vim/download.html
1846
1847You can also disable this rendering by adding the following line to your
1848vimrc file: >
1849 :let html_no_rendering=1
1850
1851HTML comments are rather special (see an HTML reference document for the
1852details), and the syntax coloring scheme will highlight all errors.
1853However, if you prefer to use the wrong style (starts with <!-- and
Bram Moolenaar8bb1c3e2014-07-04 16:43:17 +02001854ends with -->) you can define >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001855 :let html_wrong_comments=1
1856
1857JavaScript and Visual Basic embedded inside HTML documents are highlighted as
1858'Special' with statements, comments, strings and so on colored as in standard
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001859programming languages. Note that only JavaScript and Visual Basic are
1860currently supported, no other scripting language has been added yet.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001861
1862Embedded and inlined cascading style sheets (CSS) are highlighted too.
1863
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001864There are several html preprocessor languages out there. html.vim has been
1865written such that it should be trivial to include it. To do so add the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001866following two lines to the syntax coloring file for that language
1867(the example comes from the asp.vim file):
Bram Moolenaar30e9b3c2019-09-07 16:24:12 +02001868>
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001869 runtime! syntax/html.vim
1870 syn cluster htmlPreproc add=asp
1871
1872Now you just need to make sure that you add all regions that contain
1873the preprocessor language to the cluster htmlPreproc.
1874
1875
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001876HTML/OS (by Aestiva) *htmlos.vim* *ft-htmlos-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001877
1878The coloring scheme for HTML/OS works as follows:
1879
1880Functions and variable names are the same color by default, because VIM
1881doesn't specify different colors for Functions and Identifiers. To change
1882this (which is recommended if you want function names to be recognizable in a
1883different color) you need to add the following line to either your ~/.vimrc: >
1884 :hi Function term=underline cterm=bold ctermfg=LightGray
1885
1886Of course, the ctermfg can be a different color if you choose.
1887
1888Another issues that HTML/OS runs into is that there is no special filetype to
1889signify that it is a file with HTML/OS coding. You can change this by opening
1890a file and turning on HTML/OS syntax by doing the following: >
1891 :set syntax=htmlos
1892
1893Lastly, it should be noted that the opening and closing characters to begin a
1894block of HTML/OS code can either be << or [[ and >> or ]], respectively.
1895
1896
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001897IA64 *ia64.vim* *intel-itanium* *ft-ia64-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001898
1899Highlighting for the Intel Itanium 64 assembly language. See |asm.vim| for
1900how to recognize this filetype.
1901
1902To have *.inc files be recognized as IA64, add this to your .vimrc file: >
1903 :let g:filetype_inc = "ia64"
1904
1905
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001906INFORM *inform.vim* *ft-inform-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001907
1908Inform highlighting includes symbols provided by the Inform Library, as
1909most programs make extensive use of it. If do not wish Library symbols
1910to be highlighted add this to your vim startup: >
1911 :let inform_highlight_simple=1
1912
1913By default it is assumed that Inform programs are Z-machine targeted,
1914and highlights Z-machine assembly language symbols appropriately. If
1915you intend your program to be targeted to a Glulx/Glk environment you
1916need to add this to your startup sequence: >
1917 :let inform_highlight_glulx=1
1918
1919This will highlight Glulx opcodes instead, and also adds glk() to the
1920set of highlighted system functions.
1921
1922The Inform compiler will flag certain obsolete keywords as errors when
1923it encounters them. These keywords are normally highlighted as errors
1924by Vim. To prevent such error highlighting, you must add this to your
1925startup sequence: >
1926 :let inform_suppress_obsolete=1
1927
1928By default, the language features highlighted conform to Compiler
1929version 6.30 and Library version 6.11. If you are using an older
1930Inform development environment, you may with to add this to your
1931startup sequence: >
1932 :let inform_highlight_old=1
1933
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00001934IDL *idl.vim* *idl-syntax*
1935
1936IDL (Interface Definition Language) files are used to define RPC calls. In
1937Microsoft land, this is also used for defining COM interfaces and calls.
1938
1939IDL's structure is simple enough to permit a full grammar based approach to
1940rather than using a few heuristics. The result is large and somewhat
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00001941repetitive but seems to work.
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00001942
1943There are some Microsoft extensions to idl files that are here. Some of them
1944are disabled by defining idl_no_ms_extensions.
1945
1946The more complex of the extensions are disabled by defining idl_no_extensions.
1947
1948Variable Effect ~
1949
1950idl_no_ms_extensions Disable some of the Microsoft specific
1951 extensions
1952idl_no_extensions Disable complex extensions
1953idlsyntax_showerror Show IDL errors (can be rather intrusive, but
1954 quite helpful)
1955idlsyntax_showerror_soft Use softer colours by default for errors
1956
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001957
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001958JAVA *java.vim* *ft-java-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001959
1960The java.vim syntax highlighting file offers several options:
1961
1962In Java 1.0.2 it was never possible to have braces inside parens, so this was
1963flagged as an error. Since Java 1.1 this is possible (with anonymous
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001964classes), and therefore is no longer marked as an error. If you prefer the
1965old way, put the following line into your vim startup file: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001966 :let java_mark_braces_in_parens_as_errors=1
1967
1968All identifiers in java.lang.* are always visible in all classes. To
1969highlight them use: >
1970 :let java_highlight_java_lang_ids=1
1971
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001972You can also highlight identifiers of most standard Java packages if you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001973download the javaid.vim script at http://www.fleiner.com/vim/download.html.
1974If you prefer to only highlight identifiers of a certain package, say java.io
1975use the following: >
1976 :let java_highlight_java_io=1
1977Check the javaid.vim file for a list of all the packages that are supported.
1978
1979Function names are not highlighted, as the way to find functions depends on
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001980how you write Java code. The syntax file knows two possible ways to highlight
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001981functions:
1982
1983If you write function declarations that are always indented by either
1984a tab, 8 spaces or 2 spaces you may want to set >
1985 :let java_highlight_functions="indent"
1986However, if you follow the Java guidelines about how functions and classes are
1987supposed to be named (with respect to upper and lowercase), use >
1988 :let java_highlight_functions="style"
1989If both options do not work for you, but you would still want function
1990declarations to be highlighted create your own definitions by changing the
1991definitions in java.vim or by creating your own java.vim which includes the
1992original one and then adds the code to highlight functions.
1993
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001994In Java 1.1 the functions System.out.println() and System.err.println() should
Bram Moolenaared203462004-06-16 11:19:22 +00001995only be used for debugging. Therefore it is possible to highlight debugging
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001996statements differently. To do this you must add the following definition in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001997your startup file: >
1998 :let java_highlight_debug=1
1999The result will be that those statements are highlighted as 'Special'
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002000characters. If you prefer to have them highlighted differently you must define
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002001new highlightings for the following groups.:
2002 Debug, DebugSpecial, DebugString, DebugBoolean, DebugType
2003which are used for the statement itself, special characters used in debug
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002004strings, strings, boolean constants and types (this, super) respectively. I
Bram Moolenaar2547aa92020-07-26 17:00:44 +02002005have opted to choose another background for those statements.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002006
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002007Javadoc is a program that takes special comments out of Java program files and
2008creates HTML pages. The standard configuration will highlight this HTML code
2009similarly to HTML files (see |html.vim|). You can even add Javascript
2010and CSS inside this code (see below). There are four differences however:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002011 1. The title (all characters up to the first '.' which is followed by
2012 some white space or up to the first '@') is colored differently (to change
2013 the color change the group CommentTitle).
2014 2. The text is colored as 'Comment'.
2015 3. HTML comments are colored as 'Special'
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002016 4. The special Javadoc tags (@see, @param, ...) are highlighted as specials
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002017 and the argument (for @see, @param, @exception) as Function.
2018To turn this feature off add the following line to your startup file: >
2019 :let java_ignore_javadoc=1
2020
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002021If you use the special Javadoc comment highlighting described above you
2022can also turn on special highlighting for Javascript, visual basic
2023scripts and embedded CSS (stylesheets). This makes only sense if you
2024actually have Javadoc comments that include either Javascript or embedded
2025CSS. The options to use are >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002026 :let java_javascript=1
2027 :let java_css=1
2028 :let java_vb=1
2029
2030In order to highlight nested parens with different colors define colors
2031for javaParen, javaParen1 and javaParen2, for example with >
2032 :hi link javaParen Comment
2033or >
2034 :hi javaParen ctermfg=blue guifg=#0000ff
2035
2036If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
2037when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "java_minlines" internal variable
2038to a larger number: >
2039 :let java_minlines = 50
2040This will make the syntax synchronization start 50 lines before the first
2041displayed line. The default value is 10. The disadvantage of using a larger
2042number is that redrawing can become slow.
2043
2044
Bram Moolenaar589edb32019-09-20 14:38:13 +02002045JSON *json.vim* *ft-json-syntax*
2046
2047The json syntax file provides syntax highlighting with conceal support by
2048default. To disable concealment: >
2049 let g:vim_json_conceal = 0
2050
2051To disable syntax highlighting of errors: >
2052 let g:vim_json_warnings = 0
2053
2054
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002055LACE *lace.vim* *ft-lace-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002056
2057Lace (Language for Assembly of Classes in Eiffel) is case insensitive, but the
2058style guide lines are not. If you prefer case insensitive highlighting, just
2059define the vim variable 'lace_case_insensitive' in your startup file: >
2060 :let lace_case_insensitive=1
2061
2062
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002063LEX *lex.vim* *ft-lex-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002064
2065Lex uses brute-force synchronizing as the "^%%$" section delimiter
2066gives no clue as to what section follows. Consequently, the value for >
2067 :syn sync minlines=300
2068may be changed by the user if s/he is experiencing synchronization
2069difficulties (such as may happen with large lex files).
2070
2071
Bram Moolenaar6fc45b52010-07-25 17:42:45 +02002072LIFELINES *lifelines.vim* *ft-lifelines-syntax*
2073
2074To highlight deprecated functions as errors, add in your .vimrc: >
2075
2076 :let g:lifelines_deprecated = 1
2077<
2078
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002079LISP *lisp.vim* *ft-lisp-syntax*
2080
2081The lisp syntax highlighting provides two options: >
2082
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002083 g:lisp_instring : If it exists, then "(...)" strings are highlighted
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002084 as if the contents of the string were lisp.
2085 Useful for AutoLisp.
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002086 g:lisp_rainbow : If it exists and is nonzero, then differing levels
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002087 of parenthesization will receive different
2088 highlighting.
2089<
2090The g:lisp_rainbow option provides 10 levels of individual colorization for
2091the parentheses and backquoted parentheses. Because of the quantity of
2092colorization levels, unlike non-rainbow highlighting, the rainbow mode
2093specifies its highlighting using ctermfg and guifg, thereby bypassing the
Bram Moolenaar723dd942019-04-04 13:11:03 +02002094usual color scheme control using standard highlighting groups. The actual
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002095highlighting used depends on the dark/bright setting (see |'bg'|).
2096
2097
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002098LITE *lite.vim* *ft-lite-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002099
2100There are two options for the lite syntax highlighting.
2101
2102If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2103
2104 :let lite_sql_query = 1
2105
2106For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2107set "lite_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2108
2109 :let lite_minlines = 200
2110
2111
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002112LPC *lpc.vim* *ft-lpc-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002113
Bram Moolenaard2f3a8b2018-06-19 14:35:59 +02002114LPC stands for a simple, memory-efficient language: Lars Pensjö C. The
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002115file name of LPC is usually *.c. Recognizing these files as LPC would bother
2116users writing only C programs. If you want to use LPC syntax in Vim, you
2117should set a variable in your .vimrc file: >
2118
2119 :let lpc_syntax_for_c = 1
2120
2121If it doesn't work properly for some particular C or LPC files, use a
2122modeline. For a LPC file:
2123
2124 // vim:set ft=lpc:
2125
2126For a C file that is recognized as LPC:
2127
2128 // vim:set ft=c:
2129
2130If you don't want to set the variable, use the modeline in EVERY LPC file.
2131
2132There are several implementations for LPC, we intend to support most widely
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002133used ones. Here the default LPC syntax is for MudOS series, for MudOS v22
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002134and before, you should turn off the sensible modifiers, and this will also
Bram Moolenaar7e38ea22014-04-05 22:55:53 +02002135assert the new efuns after v22 to be invalid, don't set this variable when
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002136you are using the latest version of MudOS: >
2137
2138 :let lpc_pre_v22 = 1
2139
2140For LpMud 3.2 series of LPC: >
2141
2142 :let lpc_compat_32 = 1
2143
2144For LPC4 series of LPC: >
2145
2146 :let lpc_use_lpc4_syntax = 1
2147
2148For uLPC series of LPC:
2149uLPC has been developed to Pike, so you should use Pike syntax
2150instead, and the name of your source file should be *.pike
2151
2152
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002153LUA *lua.vim* *ft-lua-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002154
Bram Moolenaar5dc62522012-02-13 00:05:22 +01002155The Lua syntax file can be used for versions 4.0, 5.0, 5.1 and 5.2 (5.2 is
Bram Moolenaarfc1421e2006-04-20 22:17:20 +00002156the default). You can select one of these versions using the global variables
2157lua_version and lua_subversion. For example, to activate Lua
Bram Moolenaar5dc62522012-02-13 00:05:22 +010021585.1 syntax highlighting, set the variables like this:
Bram Moolenaarfc1421e2006-04-20 22:17:20 +00002159
2160 :let lua_version = 5
2161 :let lua_subversion = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002162
2163
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002164MAIL *mail.vim* *ft-mail.vim*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002165
2166Vim highlights all the standard elements of an email (headers, signatures,
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002167quoted text and URLs / email addresses). In keeping with standard conventions,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002168signatures begin in a line containing only "--" followed optionally by
2169whitespaces and end with a newline.
2170
2171Vim treats lines beginning with ']', '}', '|', '>' or a word followed by '>'
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002172as quoted text. However Vim highlights headers and signatures in quoted text
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002173only if the text is quoted with '>' (optionally followed by one space).
2174
2175By default mail.vim synchronises syntax to 100 lines before the first
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002176displayed line. If you have a slow machine, and generally deal with emails
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002177with short headers, you can change this to a smaller value: >
2178
2179 :let mail_minlines = 30
2180
2181
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002182MAKE *make.vim* *ft-make-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002183
2184In makefiles, commands are usually highlighted to make it easy for you to spot
2185errors. However, this may be too much coloring for you. You can turn this
2186feature off by using: >
2187
2188 :let make_no_commands = 1
2189
2190
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002191MAPLE *maple.vim* *ft-maple-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002192
2193Maple V, by Waterloo Maple Inc, supports symbolic algebra. The language
2194supports many packages of functions which are selectively loaded by the user.
2195The standard set of packages' functions as supplied in Maple V release 4 may be
2196highlighted at the user's discretion. Users may place in their .vimrc file: >
2197
2198 :let mvpkg_all= 1
2199
2200to get all package functions highlighted, or users may select any subset by
2201choosing a variable/package from the table below and setting that variable to
22021, also in their .vimrc file (prior to sourcing
2203$VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim).
2204
2205 Table of Maple V Package Function Selectors >
2206 mv_DEtools mv_genfunc mv_networks mv_process
2207 mv_Galois mv_geometry mv_numapprox mv_simplex
2208 mv_GaussInt mv_grobner mv_numtheory mv_stats
2209 mv_LREtools mv_group mv_orthopoly mv_student
2210 mv_combinat mv_inttrans mv_padic mv_sumtools
2211 mv_combstruct mv_liesymm mv_plots mv_tensor
2212 mv_difforms mv_linalg mv_plottools mv_totorder
2213 mv_finance mv_logic mv_powseries
2214
2215
Bram Moolenaarce001a32022-04-27 15:25:03 +01002216MARKDOWN *ft-markdown-syntax*
2217
2218If you have long regions there might be wrong highlighting. At the cost of
2219slowing down displaying, you can have the engine look further back to sync on
2220the start of a region, for example 500 lines: >
2221
2222 :let g:markdown_minlines = 500
2223
2224
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002225MATHEMATICA *mma.vim* *ft-mma-syntax* *ft-mathematica-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar34cdc3e2005-05-18 22:24:46 +00002226
2227Empty *.m files will automatically be presumed to be Matlab files unless you
2228have the following in your .vimrc: >
2229
2230 let filetype_m = "mma"
2231
2232
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002233MOO *moo.vim* *ft-moo-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002234
2235If you use C-style comments inside expressions and find it mangles your
2236highlighting, you may want to use extended (slow!) matches for C-style
2237comments: >
2238
2239 :let moo_extended_cstyle_comments = 1
2240
2241To disable highlighting of pronoun substitution patterns inside strings: >
2242
2243 :let moo_no_pronoun_sub = 1
2244
2245To disable highlighting of the regular expression operator '%|', and matching
2246'%(' and '%)' inside strings: >
2247
2248 :let moo_no_regexp = 1
2249
2250Unmatched double quotes can be recognized and highlighted as errors: >
2251
2252 :let moo_unmatched_quotes = 1
2253
2254To highlight builtin properties (.name, .location, .programmer etc.): >
2255
2256 :let moo_builtin_properties = 1
2257
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002258Unknown builtin functions can be recognized and highlighted as errors. If you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002259use this option, add your own extensions to the mooKnownBuiltinFunction group.
2260To enable this option: >
2261
2262 :let moo_unknown_builtin_functions = 1
2263
2264An example of adding sprintf() to the list of known builtin functions: >
2265
2266 :syn keyword mooKnownBuiltinFunction sprintf contained
2267
2268
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002269MSQL *msql.vim* *ft-msql-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002270
2271There are two options for the msql syntax highlighting.
2272
2273If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2274
2275 :let msql_sql_query = 1
2276
2277For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2278set "msql_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2279
2280 :let msql_minlines = 200
2281
2282
Bram Moolenaarc572da52017-08-27 16:52:01 +02002283N1QL *n1ql.vim* *ft-n1ql-syntax*
2284
2285N1QL is a SQL-like declarative language for manipulating JSON documents in
2286Couchbase Server databases.
2287
2288Vim syntax highlights N1QL statements, keywords, operators, types, comments,
2289and special values. Vim ignores syntactical elements specific to SQL or its
2290many dialects, like COLUMN or CHAR, that don't exist in N1QL.
2291
2292
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002293NCF *ncf.vim* *ft-ncf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002294
2295There is one option for NCF syntax highlighting.
2296
2297If you want to have unrecognized (by ncf.vim) statements highlighted as
2298errors, use this: >
2299
2300 :let ncf_highlight_unknowns = 1
2301
2302If you don't want to highlight these errors, leave it unset.
2303
2304
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002305NROFF *nroff.vim* *ft-nroff-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002306
2307The nroff syntax file works with AT&T n/troff out of the box. You need to
2308activate the GNU groff extra features included in the syntax file before you
2309can use them.
2310
2311For example, Linux and BSD distributions use groff as their default text
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002312processing package. In order to activate the extra syntax highlighting
Bram Moolenaardad44732021-03-31 20:07:33 +02002313features for groff, arrange for files to be recognized as groff (see
2314|ft-groff-syntax|) or add the following option to your start-up files: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002315
Bram Moolenaardad44732021-03-31 20:07:33 +02002316 :let nroff_is_groff = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002317
2318Groff is different from the old AT&T n/troff that you may still find in
2319Solaris. Groff macro and request names can be longer than 2 characters and
2320there are extensions to the language primitives. For example, in AT&T troff
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002321you access the year as a 2-digit number with the request \(yr. In groff you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002322can use the same request, recognized for compatibility, or you can use groff's
2323native syntax, \[yr]. Furthermore, you can use a 4-digit year directly:
2324\[year]. Macro requests can be longer than 2 characters, for example, GNU mm
2325accepts the requests ".VERBON" and ".VERBOFF" for creating verbatim
2326environments.
2327
2328In order to obtain the best formatted output g/troff can give you, you should
2329follow a few simple rules about spacing and punctuation.
2330
23311. Do not leave empty spaces at the end of lines.
2332
23332. Leave one space and one space only after an end-of-sentence period,
2334 exclamation mark, etc.
2335
23363. For reasons stated below, it is best to follow all period marks with a
2337 carriage return.
2338
2339The reason behind these unusual tips is that g/n/troff have a line breaking
2340algorithm that can be easily upset if you don't follow the rules given above.
2341
2342Unlike TeX, troff fills text line-by-line, not paragraph-by-paragraph and,
2343furthermore, it does not have a concept of glue or stretch, all horizontal and
2344vertical space input will be output as is.
2345
2346Therefore, you should be careful about not using more space between sentences
2347than you intend to have in your final document. For this reason, the common
2348practice is to insert a carriage return immediately after all punctuation
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002349marks. If you want to have "even" text in your final processed output, you
Bram Moolenaarbf884932013-04-05 22:26:15 +02002350need to maintain regular spacing in the input text. To mark both trailing
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002351spaces and two or more spaces after a punctuation as an error, use: >
2352
2353 :let nroff_space_errors = 1
2354
2355Another technique to detect extra spacing and other errors that will interfere
2356with the correct typesetting of your file, is to define an eye-catching
2357highlighting definition for the syntax groups "nroffDefinition" and
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002358"nroffDefSpecial" in your configuration files. For example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002359
2360 hi def nroffDefinition term=italic cterm=italic gui=reverse
2361 hi def nroffDefSpecial term=italic,bold cterm=italic,bold
2362 \ gui=reverse,bold
2363
2364If you want to navigate preprocessor entries in your source file as easily as
2365with section markers, you can activate the following option in your .vimrc
2366file: >
2367
2368 let b:preprocs_as_sections = 1
2369
Bram Moolenaar69a7cb42004-06-20 12:51:53 +00002370As well, the syntax file adds an extra paragraph marker for the extended
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002371paragraph macro (.XP) in the ms package.
2372
2373Finally, there is a |groff.vim| syntax file that can be used for enabling
2374groff syntax highlighting either on a file basis or globally by default.
2375
2376
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002377OCAML *ocaml.vim* *ft-ocaml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002378
2379The OCaml syntax file handles files having the following prefixes: .ml,
2380.mli, .mll and .mly. By setting the following variable >
2381
2382 :let ocaml_revised = 1
2383
2384you can switch from standard OCaml-syntax to revised syntax as supported
2385by the camlp4 preprocessor. Setting the variable >
2386
2387 :let ocaml_noend_error = 1
2388
2389prevents highlighting of "end" as error, which is useful when sources
2390contain very long structures that Vim does not synchronize anymore.
2391
2392
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002393PAPP *papp.vim* *ft-papp-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002394
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01002395The PApp syntax file handles .papp files and, to a lesser extent, .pxml
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002396and .pxsl files which are all a mixture of perl/xml/html/other using xml
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002397as the top-level file format. By default everything inside phtml or pxml
2398sections is treated as a string with embedded preprocessor commands. If
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002399you set the variable: >
2400
2401 :let papp_include_html=1
2402
2403in your startup file it will try to syntax-hilight html code inside phtml
2404sections, but this is relatively slow and much too colourful to be able to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002405edit sensibly. ;)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002406
2407The newest version of the papp.vim syntax file can usually be found at
2408http://papp.plan9.de.
2409
2410
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002411PASCAL *pascal.vim* *ft-pascal-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002412
Bram Moolenaar98a29d02021-01-18 19:55:44 +01002413Files matching "*.p" could be Progress or Pascal and those matching "*.pp"
2414could be Puppet or Pascal. If the automatic detection doesn't work for you,
2415or you only edit Pascal files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002416
Bram Moolenaar98a29d02021-01-18 19:55:44 +01002417 :let filetype_p = "pascal"
2418 :let filetype_pp = "pascal"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002419
2420The Pascal syntax file has been extended to take into account some extensions
2421provided by Turbo Pascal, Free Pascal Compiler and GNU Pascal Compiler.
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002422Delphi keywords are also supported. By default, Turbo Pascal 7.0 features are
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002423enabled. If you prefer to stick with the standard Pascal keywords, add the
2424following line to your startup file: >
2425
2426 :let pascal_traditional=1
2427
2428To switch on Delphi specific constructions (such as one-line comments,
2429keywords, etc): >
2430
2431 :let pascal_delphi=1
2432
2433
2434The option pascal_symbol_operator controls whether symbol operators such as +,
2435*, .., etc. are displayed using the Operator color or not. To colorize symbol
2436operators, add the following line to your startup file: >
2437
2438 :let pascal_symbol_operator=1
2439
2440Some functions are highlighted by default. To switch it off: >
2441
2442 :let pascal_no_functions=1
2443
Bram Moolenaar996343d2010-07-04 22:20:21 +02002444Furthermore, there are specific variables for some compilers. Besides
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002445pascal_delphi, there are pascal_gpc and pascal_fpc. Default extensions try to
2446match Turbo Pascal. >
2447
2448 :let pascal_gpc=1
2449
2450or >
2451
2452 :let pascal_fpc=1
2453
2454To ensure that strings are defined on a single line, you can define the
2455pascal_one_line_string variable. >
2456
2457 :let pascal_one_line_string=1
2458
2459If you dislike <Tab> chars, you can set the pascal_no_tabs variable. Tabs
2460will be highlighted as Error. >
2461
2462 :let pascal_no_tabs=1
2463
2464
2465
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002466PERL *perl.vim* *ft-perl-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002467
2468There are a number of possible options to the perl syntax highlighting.
2469
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002470Inline POD highlighting is now turned on by default. If you don't wish
2471to have the added complexity of highlighting POD embedded within Perl
2472files, you may set the 'perl_include_pod' option to 0: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002473
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002474 :let perl_include_pod = 0
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002475
Bram Moolenaar822ff862014-06-12 21:46:14 +02002476To reduce the complexity of parsing (and increase performance) you can switch
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002477off two elements in the parsing of variable names and contents. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002478
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002479To handle package references in variable and function names not differently
2480from the rest of the name (like 'PkgName::' in '$PkgName::VarName'): >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002481
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002482 :let perl_no_scope_in_variables = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002483
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002484(In Vim 6.x it was the other way around: "perl_want_scope_in_variables"
2485enabled it.)
2486
2487If you do not want complex things like '@{${"foo"}}' to be parsed: >
2488
2489 :let perl_no_extended_vars = 1
2490
Bram Moolenaar3fdfa4a2004-10-07 21:02:47 +00002491(In Vim 6.x it was the other way around: "perl_extended_vars" enabled it.)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002492
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002493The coloring strings can be changed. By default strings and qq friends will
2494be highlighted like the first line. If you set the variable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002495perl_string_as_statement, it will be highlighted as in the second line.
2496
2497 "hello world!"; qq|hello world|;
2498 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^NN^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^N (unlet perl_string_as_statement)
2499 S^^^^^^^^^^^^SNNSSS^^^^^^^^^^^SN (let perl_string_as_statement)
2500
2501(^ = perlString, S = perlStatement, N = None at all)
2502
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002503The syncing has 3 options. The first two switch off some triggering of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002504synchronization and should only be needed in case it fails to work properly.
2505If while scrolling all of a sudden the whole screen changes color completely
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002506then you should try and switch off one of those. Let me know if you can
2507figure out the line that causes the mistake.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002508
2509One triggers on "^\s*sub\s*" and the other on "^[$@%]" more or less. >
2510
2511 :let perl_no_sync_on_sub
2512 :let perl_no_sync_on_global_var
2513
2514Below you can set the maximum distance VIM should look for starting points for
2515its attempts in syntax highlighting. >
2516
2517 :let perl_sync_dist = 100
2518
2519If you want to use folding with perl, set perl_fold: >
2520
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002521 :let perl_fold = 1
2522
2523If you want to fold blocks in if statements, etc. as well set the following: >
2524
2525 :let perl_fold_blocks = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002526
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002527Subroutines are folded by default if 'perl_fold' is set. If you do not want
2528this, you can set 'perl_nofold_subs': >
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002529
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002530 :let perl_nofold_subs = 1
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002531
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002532Anonymous subroutines are not folded by default; you may enable their folding
2533via 'perl_fold_anonymous_subs': >
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002534
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002535 :let perl_fold_anonymous_subs = 1
2536
2537Packages are also folded by default if 'perl_fold' is set. To disable this
2538behavior, set 'perl_nofold_packages': >
2539
2540 :let perl_nofold_packages = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002541
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002542PHP3 and PHP4 *php.vim* *php3.vim* *ft-php-syntax* *ft-php3-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002543
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002544[Note: Previously this was called "php3", but since it now also supports php4
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002545it has been renamed to "php"]
2546
2547There are the following options for the php syntax highlighting.
2548
2549If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings: >
2550
2551 let php_sql_query = 1
2552
2553For highlighting the Baselib methods: >
2554
2555 let php_baselib = 1
2556
2557Enable HTML syntax highlighting inside strings: >
2558
2559 let php_htmlInStrings = 1
2560
2561Using the old colorstyle: >
2562
2563 let php_oldStyle = 1
2564
2565Enable highlighting ASP-style short tags: >
2566
2567 let php_asp_tags = 1
2568
2569Disable short tags: >
2570
2571 let php_noShortTags = 1
2572
2573For highlighting parent error ] or ): >
2574
2575 let php_parent_error_close = 1
2576
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +02002577For skipping a php end tag, if there exists an open ( or [ without a closing
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002578one: >
2579
2580 let php_parent_error_open = 1
2581
2582Enable folding for classes and functions: >
2583
2584 let php_folding = 1
2585
2586Selecting syncing method: >
2587
2588 let php_sync_method = x
2589
2590x = -1 to sync by search (default),
2591x > 0 to sync at least x lines backwards,
2592x = 0 to sync from start.
2593
2594
Bram Moolenaard2cec5b2006-03-28 21:08:56 +00002595PLAINTEX *plaintex.vim* *ft-plaintex-syntax*
2596
2597TeX is a typesetting language, and plaintex is the file type for the "plain"
2598variant of TeX. If you never want your *.tex files recognized as plain TeX,
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00002599see |ft-tex-plugin|.
Bram Moolenaard2cec5b2006-03-28 21:08:56 +00002600
2601This syntax file has the option >
2602
2603 let g:plaintex_delimiters = 1
2604
2605if you want to highlight brackets "[]" and braces "{}".
2606
2607
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002608PPWIZARD *ppwiz.vim* *ft-ppwiz-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002609
2610PPWizard is a preprocessor for HTML and OS/2 INF files
2611
2612This syntax file has the options:
2613
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002614- ppwiz_highlight_defs : Determines highlighting mode for PPWizard's
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002615 definitions. Possible values are
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002616
2617 ppwiz_highlight_defs = 1 : PPWizard #define statements retain the
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002618 colors of their contents (e.g. PPWizard macros and variables).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002619
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002620 ppwiz_highlight_defs = 2 : Preprocessor #define and #evaluate
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002621 statements are shown in a single color with the exception of line
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002622 continuation symbols.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002623
2624 The default setting for ppwiz_highlight_defs is 1.
2625
2626- ppwiz_with_html : If the value is 1 (the default), highlight literal
2627 HTML code; if 0, treat HTML code like ordinary text.
2628
2629
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002630PHTML *phtml.vim* *ft-phtml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002631
2632There are two options for the phtml syntax highlighting.
2633
2634If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2635
2636 :let phtml_sql_query = 1
2637
2638For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2639set "phtml_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2640
2641 :let phtml_minlines = 200
2642
2643
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002644POSTSCRIPT *postscr.vim* *ft-postscr-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002645
2646There are several options when it comes to highlighting PostScript.
2647
2648First which version of the PostScript language to highlight. There are
2649currently three defined language versions, or levels. Level 1 is the original
2650and base version, and includes all extensions prior to the release of level 2.
2651Level 2 is the most common version around, and includes its own set of
2652extensions prior to the release of level 3. Level 3 is currently the highest
2653level supported. You select which level of the PostScript language you want
2654highlighted by defining the postscr_level variable as follows: >
2655
2656 :let postscr_level=2
2657
2658If this variable is not defined it defaults to 2 (level 2) since this is
2659the most prevalent version currently.
2660
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002661Note: Not all PS interpreters will support all language features for a
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002662particular language level. In particular the %!PS-Adobe-3.0 at the start of
2663PS files does NOT mean the PostScript present is level 3 PostScript!
2664
2665If you are working with Display PostScript, you can include highlighting of
2666Display PS language features by defining the postscr_display variable as
2667follows: >
2668
2669 :let postscr_display=1
2670
2671If you are working with Ghostscript, you can include highlighting of
2672Ghostscript specific language features by defining the variable
2673postscr_ghostscript as follows: >
2674
2675 :let postscr_ghostscript=1
2676
2677PostScript is a large language, with many predefined elements. While it
2678useful to have all these elements highlighted, on slower machines this can
2679cause Vim to slow down. In an attempt to be machine friendly font names and
2680character encodings are not highlighted by default. Unless you are working
2681explicitly with either of these this should be ok. If you want them to be
2682highlighted you should set one or both of the following variables: >
2683
2684 :let postscr_fonts=1
2685 :let postscr_encodings=1
2686
2687There is a stylistic option to the highlighting of and, or, and not. In
2688PostScript the function of these operators depends on the types of their
2689operands - if the operands are booleans then they are the logical operators,
2690if they are integers then they are binary operators. As binary and logical
2691operators can be highlighted differently they have to be highlighted one way
2692or the other. By default they are treated as logical operators. They can be
2693highlighted as binary operators by defining the variable
2694postscr_andornot_binary as follows: >
2695
2696 :let postscr_andornot_binary=1
2697<
2698
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002699 *ptcap.vim* *ft-printcap-syntax*
2700PRINTCAP + TERMCAP *ft-ptcap-syntax* *ft-termcap-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002701
2702This syntax file applies to the printcap and termcap databases.
2703
2704In order for Vim to recognize printcap/termcap files that do not match
2705the patterns *printcap*, or *termcap*, you must put additional patterns
2706appropriate to your system in your |myfiletypefile| file. For these
2707patterns, you must set the variable "b:ptcap_type" to either "print" or
2708"term", and then the 'filetype' option to ptcap.
2709
2710For example, to make Vim identify all files in /etc/termcaps/ as termcap
2711files, add the following: >
2712
2713 :au BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/termcaps/* let b:ptcap_type = "term" |
2714 \ set filetype=ptcap
2715
2716If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which
2717are fixed when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "ptcap_minlines"
2718internal variable to a larger number: >
2719
2720 :let ptcap_minlines = 50
2721
2722(The default is 20 lines.)
2723
2724
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002725PROGRESS *progress.vim* *ft-progress-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002726
2727Files matching "*.w" could be Progress or cweb. If the automatic detection
2728doesn't work for you, or you don't edit cweb at all, use this in your
2729startup vimrc: >
2730 :let filetype_w = "progress"
2731The same happens for "*.i", which could be assembly, and "*.p", which could be
2732Pascal. Use this if you don't use assembly and Pascal: >
2733 :let filetype_i = "progress"
2734 :let filetype_p = "progress"
2735
2736
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002737PYTHON *python.vim* *ft-python-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002738
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002739There are six options to control Python syntax highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002740
2741For highlighted numbers: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002742 :let python_no_number_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002743
2744For highlighted builtin functions: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002745 :let python_no_builtin_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002746
2747For highlighted standard exceptions: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002748 :let python_no_exception_highlight = 1
2749
2750For highlighted doctests and code inside: >
2751 :let python_no_doctest_highlight = 1
2752or >
2753 :let python_no_doctest_code_highlight = 1
2754(first option implies second one).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002755
Bram Moolenaar4a748032010-09-30 21:47:56 +02002756For highlighted trailing whitespace and mix of spaces and tabs: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002757 :let python_space_error_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002758
2759If you want all possible Python highlighting (the same as setting the
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002760preceding last option and unsetting all other ones): >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002761 :let python_highlight_all = 1
2762
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002763Note: Only existence of these options matter, not their value. You can replace
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002764 1 above with anything.
2765
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002766QUAKE *quake.vim* *ft-quake-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002767
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01002768The Quake syntax definition should work for most FPS (First Person Shooter)
2769based on one of the Quake engines. However, the command names vary a bit
2770between the three games (Quake, Quake 2, and Quake 3 Arena) so the syntax
2771definition checks for the existence of three global variables to allow users
2772to specify what commands are legal in their files. The three variables can
2773be set for the following effects:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002774
2775set to highlight commands only available in Quake: >
2776 :let quake_is_quake1 = 1
2777
2778set to highlight commands only available in Quake 2: >
2779 :let quake_is_quake2 = 1
2780
2781set to highlight commands only available in Quake 3 Arena: >
2782 :let quake_is_quake3 = 1
2783
2784Any combination of these three variables is legal, but might highlight more
2785commands than are actually available to you by the game.
2786
2787
Bram Moolenaarfc65cab2018-08-28 22:58:02 +02002788R *r.vim* *ft-r-syntax*
2789
2790The parsing of R code for syntax highlight starts 40 lines backwards, but you
2791can set a different value in your |vimrc|. Example: >
2792 let r_syntax_minlines = 60
2793
2794You can also turn off syntax highlighting of ROxygen: >
2795 let r_syntax_hl_roxygen = 0
2796
2797enable folding of code delimited by parentheses, square brackets and curly
2798braces: >
2799 let r_syntax_folding = 1
2800
2801and highlight as functions all keywords followed by an opening parenthesis: >
2802 let r_syntax_fun_pattern = 1
2803
2804
2805R MARKDOWN *rmd.vim* *ft-rmd-syntax*
2806
2807To disable syntax highlight of YAML header, add to your |vimrc|: >
2808 let rmd_syn_hl_yaml = 0
2809
2810To disable syntax highlighting of citation keys: >
2811 let rmd_syn_hl_citations = 0
2812
2813To highlight R code in knitr chunk headers: >
2814 let rmd_syn_hl_chunk = 1
2815
2816By default, chunks of R code will be highlighted following the rules of R
2817language. If you want proper syntax highlighting of chunks of other languages,
2818you should add them to either `markdown_fenced_languages` or
2819`rmd_fenced_languages`. For example to properly highlight both R and Python,
2820you may add this to your |vimrc|: >
2821 let rmd_fenced_languages = ['r', 'python']
2822
2823
2824R RESTRUCTURED TEXT *rrst.vim* *ft-rrst-syntax*
2825
2826To highlight R code in knitr chunk headers, add to your |vimrc|: >
2827 let rrst_syn_hl_chunk = 1
2828
2829
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002830READLINE *readline.vim* *ft-readline-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002831
2832The readline library is primarily used by the BASH shell, which adds quite a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002833few commands and options to the ones already available. To highlight these
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002834items as well you can add the following to your |vimrc| or just type it in the
2835command line before loading a file with the readline syntax: >
2836 let readline_has_bash = 1
2837
2838This will add highlighting for the commands that BASH (version 2.05a and
2839later, and part earlier) adds.
2840
2841
Bram Moolenaar95a9dd12019-12-19 22:12:03 +01002842REGO *rego.vim* *ft-rego-syntax*
2843
2844Rego is a query language developed by Styra. It is mostly used as a policy
2845language for kubernetes, but can be applied to almost anything. Files with
2846the following extensions are recognized as rego files: .rego.
2847
2848
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01002849RESTRUCTURED TEXT *rst.vim* *ft-rst-syntax*
2850
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01002851Syntax highlighting is enabled for code blocks within the document for a
2852select number of file types. See $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/rst.vim for the default
2853syntax list.
2854
2855To set a user-defined list of code block syntax highlighting: >
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01002856 let rst_syntax_code_list = ['vim', 'lisp', ...]
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01002857
2858To assign multiple code block types to a single syntax, define
2859`rst_syntax_code_list` as a mapping: >
2860 let rst_syntax_code_list = {
Bram Moolenaar0c0734d2019-11-26 21:44:46 +01002861 \ 'cpp': ['cpp', 'c++'],
2862 \ 'bash': ['bash', 'sh'],
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01002863 ...
Bram Moolenaar0c0734d2019-11-26 21:44:46 +01002864 \ }
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01002865
2866To use color highlighting for emphasis text: >
2867 let rst_use_emphasis_colors = 1
2868
2869To enable folding of sections: >
2870 let rst_fold_enabled = 1
2871
2872Note that folding can cause performance issues on some platforms.
2873
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01002874
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002875REXX *rexx.vim* *ft-rexx-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002876
2877If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
2878when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "rexx_minlines" internal variable
2879to a larger number: >
2880 :let rexx_minlines = 50
2881This will make the syntax synchronization start 50 lines before the first
2882displayed line. The default value is 10. The disadvantage of using a larger
2883number is that redrawing can become slow.
2884
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02002885Vim tries to guess what type a ".r" file is. If it can't be detected (from
2886comment lines), the default is "r". To make the default rexx add this line to
2887your .vimrc: *g:filetype_r*
2888>
2889 :let g:filetype_r = "r"
2890
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002891
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002892RUBY *ruby.vim* *ft-ruby-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002893
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02002894 Ruby: Operator highlighting |ruby_operators|
2895 Ruby: Whitespace errors |ruby_space_errors|
2896 Ruby: Folding |ruby_fold| |ruby_foldable_groups|
2897 Ruby: Reducing expensive operations |ruby_no_expensive| |ruby_minlines|
2898 Ruby: Spellchecking strings |ruby_spellcheck_strings|
2899
2900 *ruby_operators*
2901 Ruby: Operator highlighting ~
2902
2903Operators can be highlighted by defining "ruby_operators": >
2904
2905 :let ruby_operators = 1
2906<
2907 *ruby_space_errors*
2908 Ruby: Whitespace errors ~
2909
2910Whitespace errors can be highlighted by defining "ruby_space_errors": >
2911
2912 :let ruby_space_errors = 1
2913<
2914This will highlight trailing whitespace and tabs preceded by a space character
2915as errors. This can be refined by defining "ruby_no_trail_space_error" and
2916"ruby_no_tab_space_error" which will ignore trailing whitespace and tabs after
2917spaces respectively.
2918
2919 *ruby_fold* *ruby_foldable_groups*
2920 Ruby: Folding ~
2921
2922Folding can be enabled by defining "ruby_fold": >
2923
2924 :let ruby_fold = 1
2925<
2926This will set the value of 'foldmethod' to "syntax" locally to the current
2927buffer or window, which will enable syntax-based folding when editing Ruby
2928filetypes.
2929
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02002930Default folding is rather detailed, i.e., small syntax units like "if", "do",
2931"%w[]" may create corresponding fold levels.
2932
2933You can set "ruby_foldable_groups" to restrict which groups are foldable: >
2934
2935 :let ruby_foldable_groups = 'if case %'
2936<
2937The value is a space-separated list of keywords:
2938
2939 keyword meaning ~
2940 -------- ------------------------------------- ~
2941 ALL Most block syntax (default)
2942 NONE Nothing
2943 if "if" or "unless" block
2944 def "def" block
2945 class "class" block
2946 module "module" block
2947 do "do" block
2948 begin "begin" block
2949 case "case" block
2950 for "for", "while", "until" loops
2951 { Curly bracket block or hash literal
2952 [ Array literal
2953 % Literal with "%" notation, e.g.: %w(STRING), %!STRING!
2954 / Regexp
2955 string String and shell command output (surrounded by ', ", `)
2956 : Symbol
2957 # Multiline comment
2958 << Here documents
2959 __END__ Source code after "__END__" directive
2960
2961 *ruby_no_expensive*
2962 Ruby: Reducing expensive operations ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002963
2964By default, the "end" keyword is colorized according to the opening statement
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00002965of the block it closes. While useful, this feature can be expensive; if you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002966experience slow redrawing (or you are on a terminal with poor color support)
2967you may want to turn it off by defining the "ruby_no_expensive" variable: >
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00002968
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002969 :let ruby_no_expensive = 1
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00002970<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002971In this case the same color will be used for all control keywords.
2972
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02002973 *ruby_minlines*
2974
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002975If you do want this feature enabled, but notice highlighting errors while
2976scrolling backwards, which are fixed when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting
2977the "ruby_minlines" variable to a value larger than 50: >
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00002978
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002979 :let ruby_minlines = 100
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00002980<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002981Ideally, this value should be a number of lines large enough to embrace your
2982largest class or module.
2983
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02002984 *ruby_spellcheck_strings*
2985 Ruby: Spellchecking strings ~
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00002986
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02002987Ruby syntax will perform spellchecking of strings if you define
2988"ruby_spellcheck_strings": >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002989
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02002990 :let ruby_spellcheck_strings = 1
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00002991<
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00002992
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002993SCHEME *scheme.vim* *ft-scheme-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00002994
Bram Moolenaar72540672018-02-09 22:00:53 +01002995By default only R7RS keywords are highlighted and properly indented.
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00002996
Bram Moolenaar72540672018-02-09 22:00:53 +01002997scheme.vim also supports extensions of the CHICKEN Scheme->C compiler.
2998Define b:is_chicken or g:is_chicken, if you need them.
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00002999
3000
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003001SDL *sdl.vim* *ft-sdl-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003002
3003The SDL highlighting probably misses a few keywords, but SDL has so many
3004of them it's almost impossibly to cope.
3005
3006The new standard, SDL-2000, specifies that all identifiers are
3007case-sensitive (which was not so before), and that all keywords can be
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003008used either completely lowercase or completely uppercase. To have the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003009highlighting reflect this, you can set the following variable: >
3010 :let sdl_2000=1
3011
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003012This also sets many new keywords. If you want to disable the old
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003013keywords, which is probably a good idea, use: >
3014 :let SDL_no_96=1
3015
3016
3017The indentation is probably also incomplete, but right now I am very
3018satisfied with it for my own projects.
3019
3020
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003021SED *sed.vim* *ft-sed-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003022
3023To make tabs stand out from regular blanks (accomplished by using Todo
3024highlighting on the tabs), define "highlight_sedtabs" by putting >
3025
3026 :let highlight_sedtabs = 1
3027
3028in the vimrc file. (This special highlighting only applies for tabs
3029inside search patterns, replacement texts, addresses or text included
3030by an Append/Change/Insert command.) If you enable this option, it is
3031also a good idea to set the tab width to one character; by doing that,
3032you can easily count the number of tabs in a string.
3033
3034Bugs:
3035
3036 The transform command (y) is treated exactly like the substitute
3037 command. This means that, as far as this syntax file is concerned,
3038 transform accepts the same flags as substitute, which is wrong.
3039 (Transform accepts no flags.) I tolerate this bug because the
3040 involved commands need very complex treatment (95 patterns, one for
3041 each plausible pattern delimiter).
3042
3043
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003044SGML *sgml.vim* *ft-sgml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003045
3046The coloring scheme for tags in the SGML file works as follows.
3047
3048The <> of opening tags are colored differently than the </> of a closing tag.
3049This is on purpose! For opening tags the 'Function' color is used, while for
3050closing tags the 'Type' color is used (See syntax.vim to check how those are
3051defined for you)
3052
3053Known tag names are colored the same way as statements in C. Unknown tag
3054names are not colored which makes it easy to spot errors.
3055
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003056Note that the same is true for argument (or attribute) names. Known attribute
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003057names are colored differently than unknown ones.
3058
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003059Some SGML tags are used to change the rendering of text. The following tags
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003060are recognized by the sgml.vim syntax coloring file and change the way normal
3061text is shown: <varname> <emphasis> <command> <function> <literal>
3062<replaceable> <ulink> and <link>.
3063
3064If you want to change how such text is rendered, you must redefine the
3065following syntax groups:
3066
3067 - sgmlBold
3068 - sgmlBoldItalic
3069 - sgmlUnderline
3070 - sgmlItalic
3071 - sgmlLink for links
3072
3073To make this redefinition work you must redefine them all and define the
3074following variable in your vimrc (this is due to the order in which the files
3075are read during initialization) >
3076 let sgml_my_rendering=1
3077
3078You can also disable this rendering by adding the following line to your
3079vimrc file: >
3080 let sgml_no_rendering=1
3081
3082(Adapted from the html.vim help text by Claudio Fleiner <claudio@fleiner.com>)
3083
3084
Bram Moolenaar4466ad62020-11-21 13:16:30 +01003085 *ft-posix-syntax* *ft-dash-syntax*
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003086SH *sh.vim* *ft-sh-syntax* *ft-bash-syntax* *ft-ksh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003087
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003088This covers syntax highlighting for the older Unix (Bourne) sh, and newer
3089shells such as bash, dash, posix, and the Korn shells.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003090
3091Vim attempts to determine which shell type is in use by specifying that
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02003092various filenames are of specific types, e.g.: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003093
3094 ksh : .kshrc* *.ksh
3095 bash: .bashrc* bashrc bash.bashrc .bash_profile* *.bash
3096<
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02003097See $VIMRUNTIME/filetype.vim for the full list of patterns. If none of these
3098cases pertain, then the first line of the file is examined (ex. looking for
3099/bin/sh /bin/ksh /bin/bash). If the first line specifies a shelltype, then
3100that shelltype is used. However some files (ex. .profile) are known to be
3101shell files but the type is not apparent. Furthermore, on many systems sh is
3102symbolically linked to "bash" (Linux, Windows+cygwin) or "ksh" (Posix).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003103
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003104One may specify a global default by instantiating one of the following
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003105variables in your <.vimrc>:
3106
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003107 ksh: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003108 let g:is_kornshell = 1
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01003109< posix: (using this is nearly the same as setting g:is_kornshell to 1) >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003110 let g:is_posix = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003111< bash: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003112 let g:is_bash = 1
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003113< sh: (default) Bourne shell >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003114 let g:is_sh = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003115
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003116< (dash users should use posix)
3117
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00003118If there's no "#! ..." line, and the user hasn't availed himself/herself of a
3119default sh.vim syntax setting as just shown, then syntax/sh.vim will assume
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003120the Bourne shell syntax. No need to quote RFCs or market penetration
3121statistics in error reports, please -- just select the default version of the
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003122sh your system uses and install the associated "let..." in your <.vimrc>.
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00003123
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003124The syntax/sh.vim file provides several levels of syntax-based folding: >
3125
3126 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 0 (default, no syntax folding)
3127 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 1 (enable function folding)
3128 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 2 (enable heredoc folding)
3129 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 4 (enable if/do/for folding)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003130>
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003131then various syntax items (ie. HereDocuments and function bodies) become
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003132syntax-foldable (see |:syn-fold|). You also may add these together
3133to get multiple types of folding: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003134
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003135 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 3 (enables function and heredoc folding)
3136
3137If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards which are fixed
3138when one redraws with CTRL-L, try setting the "sh_minlines" internal variable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003139to a larger number. Example: >
3140
3141 let sh_minlines = 500
3142
3143This will make syntax synchronization start 500 lines before the first
3144displayed line. The default value is 200. The disadvantage of using a larger
3145number is that redrawing can become slow.
3146
3147If you don't have much to synchronize on, displaying can be very slow. To
3148reduce this, the "sh_maxlines" internal variable can be set. Example: >
3149
3150 let sh_maxlines = 100
3151<
3152The default is to use the twice sh_minlines. Set it to a smaller number to
3153speed up displaying. The disadvantage is that highlight errors may appear.
3154
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003155syntax/sh.vim tries to flag certain problems as errors; usually things like
3156extra ']'s, 'done's, 'fi's, etc. If you find the error handling problematic
3157for your purposes, you may suppress such error highlighting by putting
3158the following line in your .vimrc: >
3159
3160 let g:sh_no_error= 1
3161<
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003162
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003163 *sh-embed* *sh-awk*
3164 Sh: EMBEDDING LANGUAGES~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003165
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003166You may wish to embed languages into sh. I'll give an example courtesy of
3167Lorance Stinson on how to do this with awk as an example. Put the following
3168file into $HOME/.vim/after/syntax/sh/awkembed.vim: >
3169
Bram Moolenaardae8d212016-02-27 22:40:16 +01003170 " AWK Embedding:
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003171 " ==============
3172 " Shamelessly ripped from aspperl.vim by Aaron Hope.
3173 if exists("b:current_syntax")
3174 unlet b:current_syntax
3175 endif
3176 syn include @AWKScript syntax/awk.vim
3177 syn region AWKScriptCode matchgroup=AWKCommand start=+[=\\]\@<!'+ skip=+\\'+ end=+'+ contains=@AWKScript contained
3178 syn region AWKScriptEmbedded matchgroup=AWKCommand start=+\<awk\>+ skip=+\\$+ end=+[=\\]\@<!'+me=e-1 contains=@shIdList,@shExprList2 nextgroup=AWKScriptCode
3179 syn cluster shCommandSubList add=AWKScriptEmbedded
3180 hi def link AWKCommand Type
3181<
3182This code will then let the awk code in the single quotes: >
3183 awk '...awk code here...'
3184be highlighted using the awk highlighting syntax. Clearly this may be
3185extended to other languages.
3186
3187
3188SPEEDUP *spup.vim* *ft-spup-syntax*
3189(AspenTech plant simulator)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003190
3191The Speedup syntax file has some options:
3192
3193- strict_subsections : If this variable is defined, only keywords for
3194 sections and subsections will be highlighted as statements but not
3195 other keywords (like WITHIN in the OPERATION section).
3196
3197- highlight_types : Definition of this variable causes stream types
3198 like temperature or pressure to be highlighted as Type, not as a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003199 plain Identifier. Included are the types that are usually found in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003200 the DECLARE section; if you defined own types, you have to include
3201 them in the syntax file.
3202
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003203- oneline_comments : This value ranges from 1 to 3 and determines the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003204 highlighting of # style comments.
3205
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003206 oneline_comments = 1 : Allow normal Speedup code after an even
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003207 number of #s.
3208
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003209 oneline_comments = 2 : Show code starting with the second # as
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003210 error. This is the default setting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003211
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003212 oneline_comments = 3 : Show the whole line as error if it contains
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003213 more than one #.
3214
3215Since especially OPERATION sections tend to become very large due to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003216PRESETting variables, syncing may be critical. If your computer is
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003217fast enough, you can increase minlines and/or maxlines near the end of
3218the syntax file.
3219
3220
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003221SQL *sql.vim* *ft-sql-syntax*
3222 *sqlinformix.vim* *ft-sqlinformix-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003223 *sqlanywhere.vim* *ft-sqlanywhere-syntax*
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003224
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003225While there is an ANSI standard for SQL, most database engines add their own
3226custom extensions. Vim currently supports the Oracle and Informix dialects of
3227SQL. Vim assumes "*.sql" files are Oracle SQL by default.
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003228
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003229Vim currently has SQL support for a variety of different vendors via syntax
3230scripts. You can change Vim's default from Oracle to any of the current SQL
3231supported types. You can also easily alter the SQL dialect being used on a
3232buffer by buffer basis.
3233
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003234For more detailed instructions see |ft_sql.txt|.
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003235
3236
Bram Moolenaar47003982021-12-05 21:54:04 +00003237SQUIRREL *squirrel.vim* *ft-squirrel-syntax*
3238
3239Squirrel is a high level imperative, object-oriented programming language,
3240designed to be a light-weight scripting language that fits in the size, memory
3241bandwidth, and real-time requirements of applications like video games. Files
3242with the following extensions are recognized as squirrel files: .nut.
3243
3244
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003245TCSH *tcsh.vim* *ft-tcsh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003246
3247This covers the shell named "tcsh". It is a superset of csh. See |csh.vim|
3248for how the filetype is detected.
3249
3250Tcsh does not allow \" in strings unless the "backslash_quote" shell variable
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003251is set. If you want VIM to assume that no backslash quote constructs exist
3252add this line to your .vimrc: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003253
3254 :let tcsh_backslash_quote = 0
3255
3256If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
3257when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "tcsh_minlines" internal variable
3258to a larger number: >
3259
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01003260 :let tcsh_minlines = 1000
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003261
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01003262This will make the syntax synchronization start 1000 lines before the first
3263displayed line. If you set "tcsh_minlines" to "fromstart", then
3264synchronization is done from the start of the file. The default value for
3265tcsh_minlines is 100. The disadvantage of using a larger number is that
3266redrawing can become slow.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003267
3268
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003269TEX *tex.vim* *ft-tex-syntax* *latex-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003270 *syntax-tex* *syntax-latex*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003271
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003272 Tex Contents~
3273 Tex: Want Syntax Folding? |tex-folding|
3274 Tex: No Spell Checking Wanted |g:tex_nospell|
3275 Tex: Don't Want Spell Checking In Comments? |tex-nospell|
3276 Tex: Want Spell Checking in Verbatim Zones? |tex-verb|
3277 Tex: Run-on Comments or MathZones |tex-runon|
3278 Tex: Slow Syntax Highlighting? |tex-slow|
3279 Tex: Want To Highlight More Commands? |tex-morecommands|
3280 Tex: Excessive Error Highlighting? |tex-error|
3281 Tex: Need a new Math Group? |tex-math|
3282 Tex: Starting a New Style? |tex-style|
3283 Tex: Taking Advantage of Conceal Mode |tex-conceal|
3284 Tex: Selective Conceal Mode |g:tex_conceal|
3285 Tex: Controlling iskeyword |g:tex_isk|
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003286 Tex: Fine Subscript and Superscript Control |tex-supersub|
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003287 Tex: Match Check Control |tex-matchcheck|
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003288
3289 *tex-folding* *g:tex_fold_enabled*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003290 Tex: Want Syntax Folding? ~
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003291
3292As of version 28 of <syntax/tex.vim>, syntax-based folding of parts, chapters,
3293sections, subsections, etc are supported. Put >
3294 let g:tex_fold_enabled=1
3295in your <.vimrc>, and :set fdm=syntax. I suggest doing the latter via a
3296modeline at the end of your LaTeX file: >
3297 % vim: fdm=syntax
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003298If your system becomes too slow, then you might wish to look into >
Bram Moolenaar6c1e1572019-06-22 02:13:00 +02003299 https://vimhelp.org/vim_faq.txt.html#faq-29.7
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003300<
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003301 *g:tex_nospell*
3302 Tex: No Spell Checking Wanted~
3303
3304If you don't want spell checking anywhere in your LaTeX document, put >
3305 let g:tex_nospell=1
3306into your .vimrc. If you merely wish to suppress spell checking inside
3307comments only, see |g:tex_comment_nospell|.
3308
3309 *tex-nospell* *g:tex_comment_nospell*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003310 Tex: Don't Want Spell Checking In Comments? ~
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003311
3312Some folks like to include things like source code in comments and so would
3313prefer that spell checking be disabled in comments in LaTeX files. To do
3314this, put the following in your <.vimrc>: >
3315 let g:tex_comment_nospell= 1
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003316If you want to suppress spell checking everywhere inside your LaTeX document,
3317see |g:tex_nospell|.
3318
3319 *tex-verb* *g:tex_verbspell*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003320 Tex: Want Spell Checking in Verbatim Zones?~
Bram Moolenaar74cbdf02010-08-04 23:03:17 +02003321
3322Often verbatim regions are used for things like source code; seldom does
3323one want source code spell-checked. However, for those of you who do
3324want your verbatim zones spell-checked, put the following in your <.vimrc>: >
3325 let g:tex_verbspell= 1
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003326<
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003327 *tex-runon* *tex-stopzone*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003328 Tex: Run-on Comments or MathZones ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003329
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003330The <syntax/tex.vim> highlighting supports TeX, LaTeX, and some AmsTeX. The
3331highlighting supports three primary zones/regions: normal, texZone, and
3332texMathZone. Although considerable effort has been made to have these zones
3333terminate properly, zones delineated by $..$ and $$..$$ cannot be synchronized
3334as there's no difference between start and end patterns. Consequently, a
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003335special "TeX comment" has been provided >
3336 %stopzone
3337which will forcibly terminate the highlighting of either a texZone or a
3338texMathZone.
3339
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003340 *tex-slow* *tex-sync*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003341 Tex: Slow Syntax Highlighting? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003342
3343If you have a slow computer, you may wish to reduce the values for >
3344 :syn sync maxlines=200
3345 :syn sync minlines=50
3346(especially the latter). If your computer is fast, you may wish to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003347increase them. This primarily affects synchronizing (i.e. just what group,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003348if any, is the text at the top of the screen supposed to be in?).
3349
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003350Another cause of slow highlighting is due to syntax-driven folding; see
3351|tex-folding| for a way around this.
3352
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003353 *g:tex_fast*
3354
3355Finally, if syntax highlighting is still too slow, you may set >
3356
3357 :let g:tex_fast= ""
3358
3359in your .vimrc. Used this way, the g:tex_fast variable causes the syntax
3360highlighting script to avoid defining any regions and associated
3361synchronization. The result will be much faster syntax highlighting; the
3362price: you will no longer have as much highlighting or any syntax-based
3363folding, and you will be missing syntax-based error checking.
3364
3365You may decide that some syntax is acceptable; you may use the following table
3366selectively to enable just some syntax highlighting: >
3367
3368 b : allow bold and italic syntax
3369 c : allow texComment syntax
3370 m : allow texMatcher syntax (ie. {...} and [...])
3371 M : allow texMath syntax
3372 p : allow parts, chapter, section, etc syntax
3373 r : allow texRefZone syntax (nocite, bibliography, label, pageref, eqref)
3374 s : allow superscript/subscript regions
3375 S : allow texStyle syntax
3376 v : allow verbatim syntax
3377 V : allow texNewEnv and texNewCmd syntax
3378<
3379As an example, let g:tex_fast= "M" will allow math-associated highlighting
3380but suppress all the other region-based syntax highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003381(also see: |g:tex_conceal| and |tex-supersub|)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003382
3383 *tex-morecommands* *tex-package*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003384 Tex: Want To Highlight More Commands? ~
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003385
3386LaTeX is a programmable language, and so there are thousands of packages full
3387of specialized LaTeX commands, syntax, and fonts. If you're using such a
3388package you'll often wish that the distributed syntax/tex.vim would support
3389it. However, clearly this is impractical. So please consider using the
3390techniques in |mysyntaxfile-add| to extend or modify the highlighting provided
Bram Moolenaarb6b046b2011-12-30 13:11:27 +01003391by syntax/tex.vim. Please consider uploading any extensions that you write,
3392which typically would go in $HOME/after/syntax/tex/[pkgname].vim, to
3393http://vim.sf.net/.
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003394
Bram Moolenaar93a1df22018-09-10 11:51:50 +02003395I've included some support for various popular packages on my website: >
3396
3397 http://www.drchip.org/astronaut/vim/index.html#LATEXPKGS
3398<
3399The syntax files there go into your .../after/syntax/tex/ directory.
3400
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003401 *tex-error* *g:tex_no_error*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003402 Tex: Excessive Error Highlighting? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003403
3404The <tex.vim> supports lexical error checking of various sorts. Thus,
3405although the error checking is ofttimes very useful, it can indicate
3406errors where none actually are. If this proves to be a problem for you,
3407you may put in your <.vimrc> the following statement: >
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003408 let g:tex_no_error=1
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003409and all error checking by <syntax/tex.vim> will be suppressed.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003410
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003411 *tex-math*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003412 Tex: Need a new Math Group? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003413
3414If you want to include a new math group in your LaTeX, the following
3415code shows you an example as to how you might do so: >
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003416 call TexNewMathZone(sfx,mathzone,starform)
3417You'll want to provide the new math group with a unique suffix
3418(currently, A-L and V-Z are taken by <syntax/tex.vim> itself).
3419As an example, consider how eqnarray is set up by <syntax/tex.vim>: >
3420 call TexNewMathZone("D","eqnarray",1)
3421You'll need to change "mathzone" to the name of your new math group,
3422and then to the call to it in .vim/after/syntax/tex.vim.
3423The "starform" variable, if true, implies that your new math group
3424has a starred form (ie. eqnarray*).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003425
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003426 *tex-style* *b:tex_stylish*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003427 Tex: Starting a New Style? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003428
3429One may use "\makeatletter" in *.tex files, thereby making the use of "@" in
3430commands available. However, since the *.tex file doesn't have one of the
3431following suffices: sty cls clo dtx ltx, the syntax highlighting will flag
3432such use of @ as an error. To solve this: >
3433
3434 :let b:tex_stylish = 1
3435 :set ft=tex
3436
3437Putting "let g:tex_stylish=1" into your <.vimrc> will make <syntax/tex.vim>
3438always accept such use of @.
3439
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003440 *tex-cchar* *tex-cole* *tex-conceal*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003441 Tex: Taking Advantage of Conceal Mode~
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003442
Bram Moolenaar477db062010-07-28 18:17:41 +02003443If you have |'conceallevel'| set to 2 and if your encoding is utf-8, then a
3444number of character sequences can be translated into appropriate utf-8 glyphs,
3445including various accented characters, Greek characters in MathZones, and
3446superscripts and subscripts in MathZones. Not all characters can be made into
3447superscripts or subscripts; the constraint is due to what utf-8 supports.
3448In fact, only a few characters are supported as subscripts.
3449
3450One way to use this is to have vertically split windows (see |CTRL-W_v|); one
3451with |'conceallevel'| at 0 and the other at 2; and both using |'scrollbind'|.
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003452
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003453 *g:tex_conceal*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003454 Tex: Selective Conceal Mode~
3455
3456You may selectively use conceal mode by setting g:tex_conceal in your
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003457<.vimrc>. By default, g:tex_conceal is set to "admgs" to enable concealment
3458for the following sets of characters: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003459
3460 a = accents/ligatures
Bram Moolenaard38b0552012-04-25 19:07:41 +02003461 b = bold and italic
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003462 d = delimiters
3463 m = math symbols
3464 g = Greek
3465 s = superscripts/subscripts
3466<
3467By leaving one or more of these out, the associated conceal-character
3468substitution will not be made.
3469
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003470 *g:tex_isk* *g:tex_stylish*
3471 Tex: Controlling iskeyword~
3472
3473Normally, LaTeX keywords support 0-9, a-z, A-z, and 192-255 only. Latex
3474keywords don't support the underscore - except when in *.sty files. The
3475syntax highlighting script handles this with the following logic:
3476
3477 * If g:tex_stylish exists and is 1
3478 then the file will be treated as a "sty" file, so the "_"
3479 will be allowed as part of keywords
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003480 (regardless of g:tex_isk)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003481 * Else if the file's suffix is sty, cls, clo, dtx, or ltx,
3482 then the file will be treated as a "sty" file, so the "_"
3483 will be allowed as part of keywords
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003484 (regardless of g:tex_isk)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003485
3486 * If g:tex_isk exists, then it will be used for the local 'iskeyword'
3487 * Else the local 'iskeyword' will be set to 48-57,a-z,A-Z,192-255
3488
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003489 *tex-supersub* *g:tex_superscripts* *g:tex_subscripts*
3490 Tex: Fine Subscript and Superscript Control~
3491
3492 See |tex-conceal| for how to enable concealed character replacement.
3493
3494 See |g:tex_conceal| for selectively concealing accents, bold/italic,
3495 math, Greek, and superscripts/subscripts.
3496
3497 One may exert fine control over which superscripts and subscripts one
3498 wants syntax-based concealment for (see |:syn-cchar|). Since not all
3499 fonts support all characters, one may override the
3500 concealed-replacement lists; by default these lists are given by: >
3501
3502 let g:tex_superscripts= "[0-9a-zA-W.,:;+-<>/()=]"
3503 let g:tex_subscripts= "[0-9aehijklmnoprstuvx,+-/().]"
3504<
3505 For example, I use Luxi Mono Bold; it doesn't support subscript
3506 characters for "hklmnpst", so I put >
3507 let g:tex_subscripts= "[0-9aeijoruvx,+-/().]"
3508< in ~/.vim/ftplugin/tex/tex.vim in order to avoid having inscrutable
3509 utf-8 glyphs appear.
3510
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003511 *tex-matchcheck* *g:tex_matchcheck*
3512 Tex: Match Check Control~
3513
3514 Sometimes one actually wants mismatched parentheses, square braces,
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02003515 and or curly braces; for example, \text{(1,10]} is a range from but
3516 not including 1 to and including 10. This wish, of course, conflicts
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003517 with the desire to provide delimiter mismatch detection. To
3518 accommodate these conflicting goals, syntax/tex.vim provides >
3519 g:tex_matchcheck = '[({[]'
3520< which is shown along with its default setting. So, if one doesn't
3521 want [] and () to be checked for mismatches, try using >
3522 let g:tex_matchcheck= '[{}]'
3523< If you don't want matching to occur inside bold and italicized
3524 regions, >
3525 let g:tex_excludematcher= 1
3526< will prevent the texMatcher group from being included in those regions.
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003527
Bram Moolenaar22dbc772013-06-28 18:44:48 +02003528TF *tf.vim* *ft-tf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003529
Bram Moolenaar22dbc772013-06-28 18:44:48 +02003530There is one option for the tf syntax highlighting.
3531
3532For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
3533set "tf_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
3534
3535 :let tf_minlines = your choice
3536<
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003537VIM *vim.vim* *ft-vim-syntax*
3538 *g:vimsyn_minlines* *g:vimsyn_maxlines*
Bram Moolenaar996343d2010-07-04 22:20:21 +02003539There is a trade-off between more accurate syntax highlighting versus screen
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003540updating speed. To improve accuracy, you may wish to increase the
3541g:vimsyn_minlines variable. The g:vimsyn_maxlines variable may be used to
3542improve screen updating rates (see |:syn-sync| for more on this). >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003543
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003544 g:vimsyn_minlines : used to set synchronization minlines
3545 g:vimsyn_maxlines : used to set synchronization maxlines
3546<
3547 (g:vim_minlines and g:vim_maxlines are deprecated variants of
3548 these two options)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003549
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003550 *g:vimsyn_embed*
3551The g:vimsyn_embed option allows users to select what, if any, types of
3552embedded script highlighting they wish to have. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003553
Bram Moolenaara0f849e2015-10-30 14:37:44 +01003554 g:vimsyn_embed == 0 : don't support any embedded scripts
3555 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'l' : support embedded lua
Bram Moolenaar7cba6c02013-09-05 22:13:31 +02003556 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'm' : support embedded mzscheme
3557 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'p' : support embedded perl
3558 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'P' : support embedded python
3559 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'r' : support embedded ruby
3560 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 't' : support embedded tcl
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003561<
Bram Moolenaar7cba6c02013-09-05 22:13:31 +02003562By default, g:vimsyn_embed is a string supporting interpreters that your vim
3563itself supports. Concatenate multiple characters to support multiple types
3564of embedded interpreters; ie. g:vimsyn_embed= "mp" supports embedded mzscheme
3565and embedded perl.
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003566 *g:vimsyn_folding*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003567
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003568Some folding is now supported with syntax/vim.vim: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003569
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003570 g:vimsyn_folding == 0 or doesn't exist: no syntax-based folding
3571 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'a' : augroups
3572 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'f' : fold functions
Bram Moolenaara0f849e2015-10-30 14:37:44 +01003573 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'l' : fold lua script
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003574 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'm' : fold mzscheme script
3575 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'p' : fold perl script
3576 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'P' : fold python script
3577 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'r' : fold ruby script
3578 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 't' : fold tcl script
Bram Moolenaar30b65812012-07-12 22:01:11 +02003579<
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003580 *g:vimsyn_noerror*
Bram Moolenaarb544f3c2017-02-23 19:03:28 +01003581Not all error highlighting that syntax/vim.vim does may be correct; Vim script
3582is a difficult language to highlight correctly. A way to suppress error
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003583highlighting is to put the following line in your |vimrc|: >
Bram Moolenaar437df8f2006-04-27 21:47:44 +00003584
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003585 let g:vimsyn_noerror = 1
3586<
Bram Moolenaar437df8f2006-04-27 21:47:44 +00003587
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003588
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003589XF86CONFIG *xf86conf.vim* *ft-xf86conf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003590
3591The syntax of XF86Config file differs in XFree86 v3.x and v4.x. Both
3592variants are supported. Automatic detection is used, but is far from perfect.
3593You may need to specify the version manually. Set the variable
3594xf86conf_xfree86_version to 3 or 4 according to your XFree86 version in
3595your .vimrc. Example: >
3596 :let xf86conf_xfree86_version=3
3597When using a mix of versions, set the b:xf86conf_xfree86_version variable.
3598
3599Note that spaces and underscores in option names are not supported. Use
3600"SyncOnGreen" instead of "__s yn con gr_e_e_n" if you want the option name
3601highlighted.
3602
3603
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003604XML *xml.vim* *ft-xml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003605
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003606Xml namespaces are highlighted by default. This can be inhibited by
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003607setting a global variable: >
3608
3609 :let g:xml_namespace_transparent=1
3610<
3611 *xml-folding*
3612The xml syntax file provides syntax |folding| (see |:syn-fold|) between
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003613start and end tags. This can be turned on by >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003614
3615 :let g:xml_syntax_folding = 1
3616 :set foldmethod=syntax
3617
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003618Note: Syntax folding might slow down syntax highlighting significantly,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003619especially for large files.
3620
3621
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003622X Pixmaps (XPM) *xpm.vim* *ft-xpm-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003623
3624xpm.vim creates its syntax items dynamically based upon the contents of the
3625XPM file. Thus if you make changes e.g. in the color specification strings,
3626you have to source it again e.g. with ":set syn=xpm".
3627
3628To copy a pixel with one of the colors, yank a "pixel" with "yl" and insert it
3629somewhere else with "P".
3630
3631Do you want to draw with the mouse? Try the following: >
3632 :function! GetPixel()
Bram Moolenaar61660ea2006-04-07 21:40:07 +00003633 : let c = getline(".")[col(".") - 1]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003634 : echo c
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00003635 : exe "noremap <LeftMouse> <LeftMouse>r" .. c
3636 : exe "noremap <LeftDrag> <LeftMouse>r" .. c
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003637 :endfunction
3638 :noremap <RightMouse> <LeftMouse>:call GetPixel()<CR>
3639 :set guicursor=n:hor20 " to see the color beneath the cursor
3640This turns the right button into a pipette and the left button into a pen.
3641It will work with XPM files that have one character per pixel only and you
3642must not click outside of the pixel strings, but feel free to improve it.
3643
3644It will look much better with a font in a quadratic cell size, e.g. for X: >
3645 :set guifont=-*-clean-medium-r-*-*-8-*-*-*-*-80-*
3646
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003647
3648YAML *yaml.vim* *ft-yaml-syntax*
3649
3650 *g:yaml_schema* *b:yaml_schema*
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01003651A YAML schema is a combination of a set of tags and a mechanism for resolving
3652non-specific tags. For user this means that YAML parser may, depending on
3653plain scalar contents, treat plain scalar (which can actually be only string
3654and nothing else) as a value of the other type: null, boolean, floating-point,
3655integer. `g:yaml_schema` option determines according to which schema values
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003656will be highlighted specially. Supported schemas are
3657
3658Schema Description ~
3659failsafe No additional highlighting.
3660json Supports JSON-style numbers, booleans and null.
3661core Supports more number, boolean and null styles.
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01003662pyyaml In addition to core schema supports highlighting timestamps,
3663 but there are some differences in what is recognized as
3664 numbers and many additional boolean values not present in core
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003665 schema.
3666
3667Default schema is `core`.
3668
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01003669Note that schemas are not actually limited to plain scalars, but this is the
3670only difference between schemas defined in YAML specification and the only
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003671difference defined in the syntax file.
3672
Bram Moolenaarf3913272016-02-25 00:00:01 +01003673
3674ZSH *zsh.vim* *ft-zsh-syntax*
3675
3676The syntax script for zsh allows for syntax-based folding: >
3677
3678 :let g:zsh_fold_enable = 1
3679
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003680==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010036816. Defining a syntax *:syn-define* *E410*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003682
3683Vim understands three types of syntax items:
3684
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000036851. Keyword
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003686 It can only contain keyword characters, according to the 'iskeyword'
3687 option. It cannot contain other syntax items. It will only match with a
3688 complete word (there are no keyword characters before or after the match).
3689 The keyword "if" would match in "if(a=b)", but not in "ifdef x", because
3690 "(" is not a keyword character and "d" is.
3691
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000036922. Match
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003693 This is a match with a single regexp pattern.
3694
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000036953. Region
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003696 This starts at a match of the "start" regexp pattern and ends with a match
3697 with the "end" regexp pattern. Any other text can appear in between. A
3698 "skip" regexp pattern can be used to avoid matching the "end" pattern.
3699
3700Several syntax ITEMs can be put into one syntax GROUP. For a syntax group
3701you can give highlighting attributes. For example, you could have an item
3702to define a "/* .. */" comment and another one that defines a "// .." comment,
3703and put them both in the "Comment" group. You can then specify that a
3704"Comment" will be in bold font and have a blue color. You are free to make
3705one highlight group for one syntax item, or put all items into one group.
3706This depends on how you want to specify your highlighting attributes. Putting
3707each item in its own group results in having to specify the highlighting
3708for a lot of groups.
3709
3710Note that a syntax group and a highlight group are similar. For a highlight
3711group you will have given highlight attributes. These attributes will be used
3712for the syntax group with the same name.
3713
3714In case more than one item matches at the same position, the one that was
3715defined LAST wins. Thus you can override previously defined syntax items by
3716using an item that matches the same text. But a keyword always goes before a
3717match or region. And a keyword with matching case always goes before a
3718keyword with ignoring case.
3719
3720
3721PRIORITY *:syn-priority*
3722
3723When several syntax items may match, these rules are used:
3724
37251. When multiple Match or Region items start in the same position, the item
3726 defined last has priority.
37272. A Keyword has priority over Match and Region items.
37283. An item that starts in an earlier position has priority over items that
3729 start in later positions.
3730
3731
3732DEFINING CASE *:syn-case* *E390*
3733
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00003734:sy[ntax] case [match | ignore]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003735 This defines if the following ":syntax" commands will work with
3736 matching case, when using "match", or with ignoring case, when using
3737 "ignore". Note that any items before this are not affected, and all
3738 items until the next ":syntax case" command are affected.
3739
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01003740:sy[ntax] case
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00003741 Show either "syntax case match" or "syntax case ignore".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003742
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02003743
3744DEFINING FOLDLEVEL *:syn-foldlevel*
3745
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00003746:sy[ntax] foldlevel start
3747:sy[ntax] foldlevel minimum
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02003748 This defines how the foldlevel of a line is computed when using
3749 foldmethod=syntax (see |fold-syntax| and |:syn-fold|):
3750
3751 start: Use level of item containing start of line.
3752 minimum: Use lowest local-minimum level of items on line.
3753
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02003754 The default is "start". Use "minimum" to search a line horizontally
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02003755 for the lowest level contained on the line that is followed by a
3756 higher level. This produces more natural folds when syntax items
3757 may close and open horizontally within a line.
3758
3759:sy[ntax] foldlevel
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00003760 Show the current foldlevel method, either "syntax foldlevel start" or
3761 "syntax foldlevel minimum".
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02003762
3763 {not meaningful when Vim was compiled without |+folding| feature}
3764
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00003765SPELL CHECKING *:syn-spell*
3766
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00003767:sy[ntax] spell toplevel
3768:sy[ntax] spell notoplevel
3769:sy[ntax] spell default
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00003770 This defines where spell checking is to be done for text that is not
3771 in a syntax item:
3772
3773 toplevel: Text is spell checked.
3774 notoplevel: Text is not spell checked.
3775 default: When there is a @Spell cluster no spell checking.
3776
3777 For text in syntax items use the @Spell and @NoSpell clusters
3778 |spell-syntax|. When there is no @Spell and no @NoSpell cluster then
3779 spell checking is done for "default" and "toplevel".
3780
3781 To activate spell checking the 'spell' option must be set.
3782
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01003783:sy[ntax] spell
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00003784 Show the current syntax spell checking method, either "syntax spell
3785 toplevel", "syntax spell notoplevel" or "syntax spell default".
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01003786
3787
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01003788SYNTAX ISKEYWORD SETTING *:syn-iskeyword*
3789
3790:sy[ntax] iskeyword [clear | {option}]
3791 This defines the keyword characters. It's like the 'iskeyword' option
3792 for but only applies to syntax highlighting.
3793
3794 clear: Syntax specific iskeyword setting is disabled and the
3795 buffer-local 'iskeyword' setting is used.
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01003796 {option} Set the syntax 'iskeyword' option to a new value.
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01003797
3798 Example: >
3799 :syntax iskeyword @,48-57,192-255,$,_
3800<
3801 This would set the syntax specific iskeyword option to include all
3802 alphabetic characters, plus the numeric characters, all accented
3803 characters and also includes the "_" and the "$".
3804
3805 If no argument is given, the current value will be output.
3806
3807 Setting this option influences what |/\k| matches in syntax patterns
Bram Moolenaar298b4402016-01-28 22:38:53 +01003808 and also determines where |:syn-keyword| will be checked for a new
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01003809 match.
3810
Bram Moolenaard0796902016-09-16 20:02:31 +02003811 It is recommended when writing syntax files, to use this command to
3812 set the correct value for the specific syntax language and not change
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01003813 the 'iskeyword' option.
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00003814
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003815DEFINING KEYWORDS *:syn-keyword*
3816
3817:sy[ntax] keyword {group-name} [{options}] {keyword} .. [{options}]
3818
3819 This defines a number of keywords.
3820
3821 {group-name} Is a syntax group name such as "Comment".
3822 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
3823 {keyword} .. Is a list of keywords which are part of this group.
3824
3825 Example: >
3826 :syntax keyword Type int long char
3827<
3828 The {options} can be given anywhere in the line. They will apply to
3829 all keywords given, also for options that come after a keyword.
3830 These examples do exactly the same: >
3831 :syntax keyword Type contained int long char
3832 :syntax keyword Type int long contained char
3833 :syntax keyword Type int long char contained
Bram Moolenaar88774fd2015-08-25 19:52:04 +02003834< *E789* *E890*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003835 When you have a keyword with an optional tail, like Ex commands in
3836 Vim, you can put the optional characters inside [], to define all the
3837 variations at once: >
3838 :syntax keyword vimCommand ab[breviate] n[ext]
3839<
3840 Don't forget that a keyword can only be recognized if all the
3841 characters are included in the 'iskeyword' option. If one character
3842 isn't, the keyword will never be recognized.
3843 Multi-byte characters can also be used. These do not have to be in
3844 'iskeyword'.
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01003845 See |:syn-iskeyword| for defining syntax specific iskeyword settings.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003846
3847 A keyword always has higher priority than a match or region, the
3848 keyword is used if more than one item matches. Keywords do not nest
3849 and a keyword can't contain anything else.
3850
3851 Note that when you have a keyword that is the same as an option (even
3852 one that isn't allowed here), you can not use it. Use a match
3853 instead.
3854
3855 The maximum length of a keyword is 80 characters.
3856
3857 The same keyword can be defined multiple times, when its containment
3858 differs. For example, you can define the keyword once not contained
3859 and use one highlight group, and once contained, and use a different
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003860 highlight group. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003861 :syn keyword vimCommand tag
3862 :syn keyword vimSetting contained tag
3863< When finding "tag" outside of any syntax item, the "vimCommand"
3864 highlight group is used. When finding "tag" in a syntax item that
3865 contains "vimSetting", the "vimSetting" group is used.
3866
3867
3868DEFINING MATCHES *:syn-match*
3869
Bram Moolenaar2ec618c2016-10-01 14:47:05 +02003870:sy[ntax] match {group-name} [{options}]
3871 [excludenl]
3872 [keepend]
3873 {pattern}
3874 [{options}]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003875
3876 This defines one match.
3877
3878 {group-name} A syntax group name such as "Comment".
3879 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
3880 [excludenl] Don't make a pattern with the end-of-line "$"
3881 extend a containing match or region. Must be
3882 given before the pattern. |:syn-excludenl|
Bram Moolenaar2ec618c2016-10-01 14:47:05 +02003883 keepend Don't allow contained matches to go past a
3884 match with the end pattern. See
3885 |:syn-keepend|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003886 {pattern} The search pattern that defines the match.
3887 See |:syn-pattern| below.
3888 Note that the pattern may match more than one
3889 line, which makes the match depend on where
3890 Vim starts searching for the pattern. You
3891 need to make sure syncing takes care of this.
3892
3893 Example (match a character constant): >
3894 :syntax match Character /'.'/hs=s+1,he=e-1
3895<
3896
3897DEFINING REGIONS *:syn-region* *:syn-start* *:syn-skip* *:syn-end*
3898 *E398* *E399*
3899:sy[ntax] region {group-name} [{options}]
3900 [matchgroup={group-name}]
3901 [keepend]
3902 [extend]
3903 [excludenl]
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02003904 start={start-pattern} ..
3905 [skip={skip-pattern}]
3906 end={end-pattern} ..
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003907 [{options}]
3908
3909 This defines one region. It may span several lines.
3910
3911 {group-name} A syntax group name such as "Comment".
3912 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
3913 [matchgroup={group-name}] The syntax group to use for the following
3914 start or end pattern matches only. Not used
3915 for the text in between the matched start and
3916 end patterns. Use NONE to reset to not using
3917 a different group for the start or end match.
3918 See |:syn-matchgroup|.
3919 keepend Don't allow contained matches to go past a
3920 match with the end pattern. See
3921 |:syn-keepend|.
3922 extend Override a "keepend" for an item this region
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003923 is contained in. See |:syn-extend|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003924 excludenl Don't make a pattern with the end-of-line "$"
3925 extend a containing match or item. Only
3926 useful for end patterns. Must be given before
3927 the patterns it applies to. |:syn-excludenl|
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02003928 start={start-pattern} The search pattern that defines the start of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003929 the region. See |:syn-pattern| below.
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02003930 skip={skip-pattern} The search pattern that defines text inside
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003931 the region where not to look for the end
3932 pattern. See |:syn-pattern| below.
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02003933 end={end-pattern} The search pattern that defines the end of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003934 the region. See |:syn-pattern| below.
3935
3936 Example: >
3937 :syntax region String start=+"+ skip=+\\"+ end=+"+
3938<
3939 The start/skip/end patterns and the options can be given in any order.
3940 There can be zero or one skip pattern. There must be one or more
3941 start and end patterns. This means that you can omit the skip
3942 pattern, but you must give at least one start and one end pattern. It
3943 is allowed to have white space before and after the equal sign
3944 (although it mostly looks better without white space).
3945
3946 When more than one start pattern is given, a match with one of these
3947 is sufficient. This means there is an OR relation between the start
3948 patterns. The last one that matches is used. The same is true for
3949 the end patterns.
3950
3951 The search for the end pattern starts right after the start pattern.
3952 Offsets are not used for this. This implies that the match for the
3953 end pattern will never overlap with the start pattern.
3954
3955 The skip and end pattern can match across line breaks, but since the
3956 search for the pattern can start in any line it often does not do what
3957 you want. The skip pattern doesn't avoid a match of an end pattern in
3958 the next line. Use single-line patterns to avoid trouble.
3959
3960 Note: The decision to start a region is only based on a matching start
3961 pattern. There is no check for a matching end pattern. This does NOT
3962 work: >
3963 :syn region First start="(" end=":"
3964 :syn region Second start="(" end=";"
3965< The Second always matches before the First (last defined pattern has
3966 higher priority). The Second region then continues until the next
3967 ';', no matter if there is a ':' before it. Using a match does work: >
3968 :syn match First "(\_.\{-}:"
3969 :syn match Second "(\_.\{-};"
3970< This pattern matches any character or line break with "\_." and
3971 repeats that with "\{-}" (repeat as few as possible).
3972
3973 *:syn-keepend*
3974 By default, a contained match can obscure a match for the end pattern.
3975 This is useful for nesting. For example, a region that starts with
3976 "{" and ends with "}", can contain another region. An encountered "}"
3977 will then end the contained region, but not the outer region:
3978 { starts outer "{}" region
3979 { starts contained "{}" region
3980 } ends contained "{}" region
3981 } ends outer "{} region
3982 If you don't want this, the "keepend" argument will make the matching
3983 of an end pattern of the outer region also end any contained item.
3984 This makes it impossible to nest the same region, but allows for
3985 contained items to highlight parts of the end pattern, without causing
3986 that to skip the match with the end pattern. Example: >
3987 :syn match vimComment +"[^"]\+$+
3988 :syn region vimCommand start="set" end="$" contains=vimComment keepend
3989< The "keepend" makes the vimCommand always end at the end of the line,
3990 even though the contained vimComment includes a match with the <EOL>.
3991
3992 When "keepend" is not used, a match with an end pattern is retried
3993 after each contained match. When "keepend" is included, the first
3994 encountered match with an end pattern is used, truncating any
3995 contained matches.
3996 *:syn-extend*
3997 The "keepend" behavior can be changed by using the "extend" argument.
3998 When an item with "extend" is contained in an item that uses
3999 "keepend", the "keepend" is ignored and the containing region will be
4000 extended.
4001 This can be used to have some contained items extend a region while
4002 others don't. Example: >
4003
4004 :syn region htmlRef start=+<a>+ end=+</a>+ keepend contains=htmlItem,htmlScript
4005 :syn match htmlItem +<[^>]*>+ contained
4006 :syn region htmlScript start=+<script+ end=+</script[^>]*>+ contained extend
4007
4008< Here the htmlItem item does not make the htmlRef item continue
4009 further, it is only used to highlight the <> items. The htmlScript
4010 item does extend the htmlRef item.
4011
4012 Another example: >
4013 :syn region xmlFold start="<a>" end="</a>" fold transparent keepend extend
4014< This defines a region with "keepend", so that its end cannot be
4015 changed by contained items, like when the "</a>" is matched to
4016 highlight it differently. But when the xmlFold region is nested (it
4017 includes itself), the "extend" applies, so that the "</a>" of a nested
4018 region only ends that region, and not the one it is contained in.
4019
4020 *:syn-excludenl*
4021 When a pattern for a match or end pattern of a region includes a '$'
4022 to match the end-of-line, it will make a region item that it is
4023 contained in continue on the next line. For example, a match with
4024 "\\$" (backslash at the end of the line) can make a region continue
4025 that would normally stop at the end of the line. This is the default
4026 behavior. If this is not wanted, there are two ways to avoid it:
4027 1. Use "keepend" for the containing item. This will keep all
4028 contained matches from extending the match or region. It can be
4029 used when all contained items must not extend the containing item.
4030 2. Use "excludenl" in the contained item. This will keep that match
4031 from extending the containing match or region. It can be used if
4032 only some contained items must not extend the containing item.
4033 "excludenl" must be given before the pattern it applies to.
4034
4035 *:syn-matchgroup*
4036 "matchgroup" can be used to highlight the start and/or end pattern
4037 differently than the body of the region. Example: >
4038 :syntax region String matchgroup=Quote start=+"+ skip=+\\"+ end=+"+
4039< This will highlight the quotes with the "Quote" group, and the text in
4040 between with the "String" group.
4041 The "matchgroup" is used for all start and end patterns that follow,
4042 until the next "matchgroup". Use "matchgroup=NONE" to go back to not
4043 using a matchgroup.
4044
4045 In a start or end pattern that is highlighted with "matchgroup" the
4046 contained items of the region are not used. This can be used to avoid
4047 that a contained item matches in the start or end pattern match. When
4048 using "transparent", this does not apply to a start or end pattern
4049 match that is highlighted with "matchgroup".
4050
4051 Here is an example, which highlights three levels of parentheses in
4052 different colors: >
4053 :sy region par1 matchgroup=par1 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par2
4054 :sy region par2 matchgroup=par2 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par3 contained
4055 :sy region par3 matchgroup=par3 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par1 contained
4056 :hi par1 ctermfg=red guifg=red
4057 :hi par2 ctermfg=blue guifg=blue
4058 :hi par3 ctermfg=darkgreen guifg=darkgreen
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02004059<
4060 *E849*
4061The maximum number of syntax groups is 19999.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004062
4063==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010040647. :syntax arguments *:syn-arguments*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004065
4066The :syntax commands that define syntax items take a number of arguments.
4067The common ones are explained here. The arguments may be given in any order
4068and may be mixed with patterns.
4069
4070Not all commands accept all arguments. This table shows which arguments
4071can not be used for all commands:
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +02004072 *E395*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004073 contains oneline fold display extend concealends~
4074:syntax keyword - - - - - -
4075:syntax match yes - yes yes yes -
4076:syntax region yes yes yes yes yes yes
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004077
4078These arguments can be used for all three commands:
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004079 conceal
4080 cchar
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004081 contained
4082 containedin
4083 nextgroup
4084 transparent
4085 skipwhite
4086 skipnl
4087 skipempty
4088
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004089conceal *conceal* *:syn-conceal*
4090
4091When the "conceal" argument is given, the item is marked as concealable.
Bram Moolenaar370df582010-06-22 05:16:38 +02004092Whether or not it is actually concealed depends on the value of the
Bram Moolenaarf5963f72010-07-23 22:10:27 +02004093'conceallevel' option. The 'concealcursor' option is used to decide whether
4094concealable items in the current line are displayed unconcealed to be able to
4095edit the line.
Bram Moolenaardc1f1642016-08-16 18:33:43 +02004096Another way to conceal text is with |matchadd()|.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004097
4098concealends *:syn-concealends*
4099
4100When the "concealends" argument is given, the start and end matches of
4101the region, but not the contents of the region, are marked as concealable.
4102Whether or not they are actually concealed depends on the setting on the
4103'conceallevel' option. The ends of a region can only be concealed separately
4104in this way when they have their own highlighting via "matchgroup"
4105
4106cchar *:syn-cchar*
Bram Moolenaard58e9292011-02-09 17:07:58 +01004107 *E844*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004108The "cchar" argument defines the character shown in place of the item
4109when it is concealed (setting "cchar" only makes sense when the conceal
4110argument is given.) If "cchar" is not set then the default conceal
Bram Moolenaard58e9292011-02-09 17:07:58 +01004111character defined in the 'listchars' option is used. The character cannot be
4112a control character such as Tab. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004113 :syntax match Entity "&amp;" conceal cchar=&
Bram Moolenaar9028b102010-07-11 16:58:51 +02004114See |hl-Conceal| for highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004115
4116contained *:syn-contained*
4117
4118When the "contained" argument is given, this item will not be recognized at
4119the top level, but only when it is mentioned in the "contains" field of
4120another match. Example: >
4121 :syntax keyword Todo TODO contained
4122 :syntax match Comment "//.*" contains=Todo
4123
4124
4125display *:syn-display*
4126
4127If the "display" argument is given, this item will be skipped when the
4128detected highlighting will not be displayed. This will speed up highlighting,
4129by skipping this item when only finding the syntax state for the text that is
4130to be displayed.
4131
4132Generally, you can use "display" for match and region items that meet these
4133conditions:
4134- The item does not continue past the end of a line. Example for C: A region
4135 for a "/*" comment can't contain "display", because it continues on the next
4136 line.
4137- The item does not contain items that continue past the end of the line or
4138 make it continue on the next line.
4139- The item does not change the size of any item it is contained in. Example
4140 for C: A match with "\\$" in a preprocessor match can't have "display",
4141 because it may make that preprocessor match shorter.
4142- The item does not allow other items to match that didn't match otherwise,
4143 and that item may extend the match too far. Example for C: A match for a
4144 "//" comment can't use "display", because a "/*" inside that comment would
4145 match then and start a comment which extends past the end of the line.
4146
4147Examples, for the C language, where "display" can be used:
4148- match with a number
4149- match with a label
4150
4151
4152transparent *:syn-transparent*
4153
4154If the "transparent" argument is given, this item will not be highlighted
4155itself, but will take the highlighting of the item it is contained in. This
4156is useful for syntax items that don't need any highlighting but are used
4157only to skip over a part of the text.
4158
4159The "contains=" argument is also inherited from the item it is contained in,
4160unless a "contains" argument is given for the transparent item itself. To
4161avoid that unwanted items are contained, use "contains=NONE". Example, which
4162highlights words in strings, but makes an exception for "vim": >
4163 :syn match myString /'[^']*'/ contains=myWord,myVim
4164 :syn match myWord /\<[a-z]*\>/ contained
4165 :syn match myVim /\<vim\>/ transparent contained contains=NONE
4166 :hi link myString String
4167 :hi link myWord Comment
4168Since the "myVim" match comes after "myWord" it is the preferred match (last
4169match in the same position overrules an earlier one). The "transparent"
4170argument makes the "myVim" match use the same highlighting as "myString". But
4171it does not contain anything. If the "contains=NONE" argument would be left
4172out, then "myVim" would use the contains argument from myString and allow
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02004173"myWord" to be contained, which will be highlighted as a Comment. This
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004174happens because a contained match doesn't match inside itself in the same
4175position, thus the "myVim" match doesn't overrule the "myWord" match here.
4176
4177When you look at the colored text, it is like looking at layers of contained
4178items. The contained item is on top of the item it is contained in, thus you
4179see the contained item. When a contained item is transparent, you can look
4180through, thus you see the item it is contained in. In a picture:
4181
4182 look from here
4183
4184 | | | | | |
4185 V V V V V V
4186
4187 xxxx yyy more contained items
4188 .................... contained item (transparent)
4189 ============================= first item
4190
4191The 'x', 'y' and '=' represent a highlighted syntax item. The '.' represent a
4192transparent group.
4193
4194What you see is:
4195
4196 =======xxxx=======yyy========
4197
4198Thus you look through the transparent "....".
4199
4200
4201oneline *:syn-oneline*
4202
4203The "oneline" argument indicates that the region does not cross a line
4204boundary. It must match completely in the current line. However, when the
4205region has a contained item that does cross a line boundary, it continues on
4206the next line anyway. A contained item can be used to recognize a line
4207continuation pattern. But the "end" pattern must still match in the first
4208line, otherwise the region doesn't even start.
4209
4210When the start pattern includes a "\n" to match an end-of-line, the end
4211pattern must be found in the same line as where the start pattern ends. The
4212end pattern may also include an end-of-line. Thus the "oneline" argument
4213means that the end of the start pattern and the start of the end pattern must
4214be within one line. This can't be changed by a skip pattern that matches a
4215line break.
4216
4217
4218fold *:syn-fold*
4219
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004220The "fold" argument makes the fold level increase by one for this item.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004221Example: >
4222 :syn region myFold start="{" end="}" transparent fold
4223 :syn sync fromstart
4224 :set foldmethod=syntax
4225This will make each {} block form one fold.
4226
4227The fold will start on the line where the item starts, and end where the item
4228ends. If the start and end are within the same line, there is no fold.
4229The 'foldnestmax' option limits the nesting of syntax folds.
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004230See |:syn-foldlevel| to control how the foldlevel of a line is computed
4231from its syntax items.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004232{not available when Vim was compiled without |+folding| feature}
4233
4234
4235 *:syn-contains* *E405* *E406* *E407* *E408* *E409*
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004236contains={group-name},..
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004237
4238The "contains" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names. These
4239groups will be allowed to begin inside the item (they may extend past the
4240containing group's end). This allows for recursive nesting of matches and
4241regions. If there is no "contains" argument, no groups will be contained in
4242this item. The group names do not need to be defined before they can be used
4243here.
4244
4245contains=ALL
4246 If the only item in the contains list is "ALL", then all
4247 groups will be accepted inside the item.
4248
4249contains=ALLBUT,{group-name},..
4250 If the first item in the contains list is "ALLBUT", then all
4251 groups will be accepted inside the item, except the ones that
4252 are listed. Example: >
4253 :syntax region Block start="{" end="}" ... contains=ALLBUT,Function
4254
4255contains=TOP
4256 If the first item in the contains list is "TOP", then all
4257 groups will be accepted that don't have the "contained"
4258 argument.
4259contains=TOP,{group-name},..
4260 Like "TOP", but excluding the groups that are listed.
4261
4262contains=CONTAINED
4263 If the first item in the contains list is "CONTAINED", then
4264 all groups will be accepted that have the "contained"
4265 argument.
4266contains=CONTAINED,{group-name},..
4267 Like "CONTAINED", but excluding the groups that are
4268 listed.
4269
4270
4271The {group-name} in the "contains" list can be a pattern. All group names
4272that match the pattern will be included (or excluded, if "ALLBUT" is used).
4273The pattern cannot contain white space or a ','. Example: >
4274 ... contains=Comment.*,Keyw[0-3]
4275The matching will be done at moment the syntax command is executed. Groups
4276that are defined later will not be matched. Also, if the current syntax
4277command defines a new group, it is not matched. Be careful: When putting
4278syntax commands in a file you can't rely on groups NOT being defined, because
4279the file may have been sourced before, and ":syn clear" doesn't remove the
4280group names.
4281
4282The contained groups will also match in the start and end patterns of a
4283region. If this is not wanted, the "matchgroup" argument can be used
4284|:syn-matchgroup|. The "ms=" and "me=" offsets can be used to change the
4285region where contained items do match. Note that this may also limit the
4286area that is highlighted
4287
4288
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004289containedin={group-name}... *:syn-containedin*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004290
4291The "containedin" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names. The
4292item will be allowed to begin inside these groups. This works as if the
4293containing item has a "contains=" argument that includes this item.
4294
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004295The {group-name}... can be used just like for "contains", as explained above.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004296
4297This is useful when adding a syntax item afterwards. An item can be told to
4298be included inside an already existing item, without changing the definition
4299of that item. For example, to highlight a word in a C comment after loading
4300the C syntax: >
4301 :syn keyword myword HELP containedin=cComment contained
4302Note that "contained" is also used, to avoid that the item matches at the top
4303level.
4304
4305Matches for "containedin" are added to the other places where the item can
4306appear. A "contains" argument may also be added as usual. Don't forget that
4307keywords never contain another item, thus adding them to "containedin" won't
4308work.
4309
4310
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004311nextgroup={group-name},.. *:syn-nextgroup*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004312
4313The "nextgroup" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names,
4314separated by commas (just like with "contains", so you can also use patterns).
4315
4316If the "nextgroup" argument is given, the mentioned syntax groups will be
4317tried for a match, after the match or region ends. If none of the groups have
4318a match, highlighting continues normally. If there is a match, this group
4319will be used, even when it is not mentioned in the "contains" field of the
4320current group. This is like giving the mentioned group priority over all
4321other groups. Example: >
4322 :syntax match ccFoobar "Foo.\{-}Bar" contains=ccFoo
4323 :syntax match ccFoo "Foo" contained nextgroup=ccFiller
4324 :syntax region ccFiller start="." matchgroup=ccBar end="Bar" contained
4325
4326This will highlight "Foo" and "Bar" differently, and only when there is a
4327"Bar" after "Foo". In the text line below, "f" shows where ccFoo is used for
4328highlighting, and "bbb" where ccBar is used. >
4329
4330 Foo asdfasd Bar asdf Foo asdf Bar asdf
4331 fff bbb fff bbb
4332
4333Note the use of ".\{-}" to skip as little as possible until the next Bar.
4334when ".*" would be used, the "asdf" in between "Bar" and "Foo" would be
4335highlighted according to the "ccFoobar" group, because the ccFooBar match
4336would include the first "Foo" and the last "Bar" in the line (see |pattern|).
4337
4338
4339skipwhite *:syn-skipwhite*
4340skipnl *:syn-skipnl*
4341skipempty *:syn-skipempty*
4342
4343These arguments are only used in combination with "nextgroup". They can be
4344used to allow the next group to match after skipping some text:
Bram Moolenaardd2a0d82007-05-12 15:07:00 +00004345 skipwhite skip over space and tab characters
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004346 skipnl skip over the end of a line
4347 skipempty skip over empty lines (implies a "skipnl")
4348
4349When "skipwhite" is present, the white space is only skipped if there is no
4350next group that matches the white space.
4351
4352When "skipnl" is present, the match with nextgroup may be found in the next
4353line. This only happens when the current item ends at the end of the current
4354line! When "skipnl" is not present, the nextgroup will only be found after
4355the current item in the same line.
4356
4357When skipping text while looking for a next group, the matches for other
4358groups are ignored. Only when no next group matches, other items are tried
4359for a match again. This means that matching a next group and skipping white
4360space and <EOL>s has a higher priority than other items.
4361
4362Example: >
4363 :syn match ifstart "\<if.*" nextgroup=ifline skipwhite skipempty
4364 :syn match ifline "[^ \t].*" nextgroup=ifline skipwhite skipempty contained
4365 :syn match ifline "endif" contained
4366Note that the "[^ \t].*" match matches all non-white text. Thus it would also
4367match "endif". Therefore the "endif" match is put last, so that it takes
4368precedence.
4369Note that this example doesn't work for nested "if"s. You need to add
4370"contains" arguments to make that work (omitted for simplicity of the
4371example).
4372
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004373IMPLICIT CONCEAL *:syn-conceal-implicit*
4374
4375:sy[ntax] conceal [on|off]
4376 This defines if the following ":syntax" commands will define keywords,
4377 matches or regions with the "conceal" flag set. After ":syn conceal
4378 on", all subsequent ":syn keyword", ":syn match" or ":syn region"
4379 defined will have the "conceal" flag set implicitly. ":syn conceal
4380 off" returns to the normal state where the "conceal" flag must be
4381 given explicitly.
4382
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004383:sy[ntax] conceal
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004384 Show either "syntax conceal on" or "syntax conceal off".
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004385
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004386==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010043878. Syntax patterns *:syn-pattern* *E401* *E402*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004388
4389In the syntax commands, a pattern must be surrounded by two identical
4390characters. This is like it works for the ":s" command. The most common to
4391use is the double quote. But if the pattern contains a double quote, you can
4392use another character that is not used in the pattern. Examples: >
4393 :syntax region Comment start="/\*" end="\*/"
4394 :syntax region String start=+"+ end=+"+ skip=+\\"+
4395
4396See |pattern| for the explanation of what a pattern is. Syntax patterns are
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004397always interpreted like the 'magic' option is set, no matter what the actual
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004398value of 'magic' is. And the patterns are interpreted like the 'l' flag is
4399not included in 'cpoptions'. This was done to make syntax files portable and
4400independent of 'compatible' and 'magic' settings.
4401
4402Try to avoid patterns that can match an empty string, such as "[a-z]*".
4403This slows down the highlighting a lot, because it matches everywhere.
4404
4405 *:syn-pattern-offset*
4406The pattern can be followed by a character offset. This can be used to
4407change the highlighted part, and to change the text area included in the
4408match or region (which only matters when trying to match other items). Both
4409are relative to the matched pattern. The character offset for a skip
4410pattern can be used to tell where to continue looking for an end pattern.
4411
4412The offset takes the form of "{what}={offset}"
4413The {what} can be one of seven strings:
4414
4415ms Match Start offset for the start of the matched text
4416me Match End offset for the end of the matched text
4417hs Highlight Start offset for where the highlighting starts
4418he Highlight End offset for where the highlighting ends
4419rs Region Start offset for where the body of a region starts
4420re Region End offset for where the body of a region ends
4421lc Leading Context offset past "leading context" of pattern
4422
4423The {offset} can be:
4424
4425s start of the matched pattern
4426s+{nr} start of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the right
4427s-{nr} start of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the left
4428e end of the matched pattern
4429e+{nr} end of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the right
4430e-{nr} end of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the left
Bram Moolenaarac7bd632013-03-19 11:35:58 +01004431{nr} (for "lc" only): start matching {nr} chars right of the start
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004432
4433Examples: "ms=s+1", "hs=e-2", "lc=3".
4434
4435Although all offsets are accepted after any pattern, they are not always
4436meaningful. This table shows which offsets are actually used:
4437
4438 ms me hs he rs re lc ~
4439match item yes yes yes yes - - yes
4440region item start yes - yes - yes - yes
4441region item skip - yes - - - - yes
4442region item end - yes - yes - yes yes
4443
4444Offsets can be concatenated, with a ',' in between. Example: >
4445 :syn match String /"[^"]*"/hs=s+1,he=e-1
4446<
4447 some "string" text
4448 ^^^^^^ highlighted
4449
4450Notes:
4451- There must be no white space between the pattern and the character
4452 offset(s).
4453- The highlighted area will never be outside of the matched text.
4454- A negative offset for an end pattern may not always work, because the end
4455 pattern may be detected when the highlighting should already have stopped.
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004456- Before Vim 7.2 the offsets were counted in bytes instead of characters.
Bram Moolenaar207f0092020-08-30 17:20:20 +02004457 This didn't work well for multibyte characters, so it was changed with the
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004458 Vim 7.2 release.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004459- The start of a match cannot be in a line other than where the pattern
4460 matched. This doesn't work: "a\nb"ms=e. You can make the highlighting
4461 start in another line, this does work: "a\nb"hs=e.
4462
4463Example (match a comment but don't highlight the /* and */): >
4464 :syntax region Comment start="/\*"hs=e+1 end="\*/"he=s-1
4465<
4466 /* this is a comment */
4467 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ highlighted
4468
4469A more complicated Example: >
4470 :syn region Exa matchgroup=Foo start="foo"hs=s+2,rs=e+2 matchgroup=Bar end="bar"me=e-1,he=e-1,re=s-1
4471<
4472 abcfoostringbarabc
4473 mmmmmmmmmmm match
Bram Moolenaar4770d092006-01-12 23:22:24 +00004474 sssrrreee highlight start/region/end ("Foo", "Exa" and "Bar")
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004475
4476Leading context *:syn-lc* *:syn-leading* *:syn-context*
4477
4478Note: This is an obsolete feature, only included for backwards compatibility
4479with previous Vim versions. It's now recommended to use the |/\@<=| construct
Bram Moolenaar1588bc82022-03-08 21:35:07 +00004480in the pattern. You can also often use |/\zs|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004481
4482The "lc" offset specifies leading context -- a part of the pattern that must
4483be present, but is not considered part of the match. An offset of "lc=n" will
4484cause Vim to step back n columns before attempting the pattern match, allowing
4485characters which have already been matched in previous patterns to also be
4486used as leading context for this match. This can be used, for instance, to
4487specify that an "escaping" character must not precede the match: >
4488
4489 :syn match ZNoBackslash "[^\\]z"ms=s+1
4490 :syn match WNoBackslash "[^\\]w"lc=1
4491 :syn match Underline "_\+"
4492<
4493 ___zzzz ___wwww
4494 ^^^ ^^^ matches Underline
4495 ^ ^ matches ZNoBackslash
4496 ^^^^ matches WNoBackslash
4497
4498The "ms" offset is automatically set to the same value as the "lc" offset,
4499unless you set "ms" explicitly.
4500
4501
4502Multi-line patterns *:syn-multi-line*
4503
4504The patterns can include "\n" to match an end-of-line. Mostly this works as
4505expected, but there are a few exceptions.
4506
4507When using a start pattern with an offset, the start of the match is not
4508allowed to start in a following line. The highlighting can start in a
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004509following line though. Using the "\zs" item also requires that the start of
4510the match doesn't move to another line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004511
4512The skip pattern can include the "\n", but the search for an end pattern will
4513continue in the first character of the next line, also when that character is
4514matched by the skip pattern. This is because redrawing may start in any line
4515halfway a region and there is no check if the skip pattern started in a
4516previous line. For example, if the skip pattern is "a\nb" and an end pattern
4517is "b", the end pattern does match in the second line of this: >
4518 x x a
4519 b x x
4520Generally this means that the skip pattern should not match any characters
4521after the "\n".
4522
4523
4524External matches *:syn-ext-match*
4525
4526These extra regular expression items are available in region patterns:
4527
Bram Moolenaar203d04d2013-06-06 21:36:40 +02004528 */\z(* */\z(\)* *E50* *E52* *E879*
Bram Moolenaara3e6bc92013-01-30 14:18:00 +01004529 \z(\) Marks the sub-expression as "external", meaning that it can be
4530 accessed from another pattern match. Currently only usable in
4531 defining a syntax region start pattern.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004532
4533 */\z1* */\z2* */\z3* */\z4* */\z5*
4534 \z1 ... \z9 */\z6* */\z7* */\z8* */\z9* *E66* *E67*
4535 Matches the same string that was matched by the corresponding
4536 sub-expression in a previous start pattern match.
4537
4538Sometimes the start and end patterns of a region need to share a common
4539sub-expression. A common example is the "here" document in Perl and many Unix
4540shells. This effect can be achieved with the "\z" special regular expression
4541items, which marks a sub-expression as "external", in the sense that it can be
4542referenced from outside the pattern in which it is defined. The here-document
4543example, for instance, can be done like this: >
4544 :syn region hereDoc start="<<\z(\I\i*\)" end="^\z1$"
4545
4546As can be seen here, the \z actually does double duty. In the start pattern,
4547it marks the "\(\I\i*\)" sub-expression as external; in the end pattern, it
Bram Moolenaarb4ff5182015-11-10 21:15:48 +01004548changes the \z1 back-reference into an external reference referring to the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004549first external sub-expression in the start pattern. External references can
4550also be used in skip patterns: >
Bram Moolenaarfa3b7232021-12-24 13:18:38 +00004551 :syn region foo start="start \z(\I\i*\)" skip="not end \z1" end="end \z1"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004552
4553Note that normal and external sub-expressions are completely orthogonal and
4554indexed separately; for instance, if the pattern "\z(..\)\(..\)" is applied
4555to the string "aabb", then \1 will refer to "bb" and \z1 will refer to "aa".
4556Note also that external sub-expressions cannot be accessed as back-references
4557within the same pattern like normal sub-expressions. If you want to use one
4558sub-expression as both a normal and an external sub-expression, you can nest
4559the two, as in "\(\z(...\)\)".
4560
4561Note that only matches within a single line can be used. Multi-line matches
4562cannot be referred to.
4563
4564==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010045659. Syntax clusters *:syn-cluster* *E400*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004566
4567:sy[ntax] cluster {cluster-name} [contains={group-name}..]
4568 [add={group-name}..]
4569 [remove={group-name}..]
4570
4571This command allows you to cluster a list of syntax groups together under a
4572single name.
4573
4574 contains={group-name}..
4575 The cluster is set to the specified list of groups.
4576 add={group-name}..
4577 The specified groups are added to the cluster.
4578 remove={group-name}..
4579 The specified groups are removed from the cluster.
4580
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004581A cluster so defined may be referred to in a contains=.., containedin=..,
4582nextgroup=.., add=.. or remove=.. list with a "@" prefix. You can also use
4583this notation to implicitly declare a cluster before specifying its contents.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004584
4585Example: >
4586 :syntax match Thing "# [^#]\+ #" contains=@ThingMembers
4587 :syntax cluster ThingMembers contains=ThingMember1,ThingMember2
4588
4589As the previous example suggests, modifications to a cluster are effectively
4590retroactive; the membership of the cluster is checked at the last minute, so
4591to speak: >
4592 :syntax keyword A aaa
4593 :syntax keyword B bbb
4594 :syntax cluster AandB contains=A
4595 :syntax match Stuff "( aaa bbb )" contains=@AandB
4596 :syntax cluster AandB add=B " now both keywords are matched in Stuff
4597
4598This also has implications for nested clusters: >
4599 :syntax keyword A aaa
4600 :syntax keyword B bbb
4601 :syntax cluster SmallGroup contains=B
4602 :syntax cluster BigGroup contains=A,@SmallGroup
4603 :syntax match Stuff "( aaa bbb )" contains=@BigGroup
4604 :syntax cluster BigGroup remove=B " no effect, since B isn't in BigGroup
4605 :syntax cluster SmallGroup remove=B " now bbb isn't matched within Stuff
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02004606<
4607 *E848*
4608The maximum number of clusters is 9767.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004609
4610==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100461110. Including syntax files *:syn-include* *E397*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004612
4613It is often useful for one language's syntax file to include a syntax file for
4614a related language. Depending on the exact relationship, this can be done in
4615two different ways:
4616
4617 - If top-level syntax items in the included syntax file are to be
4618 allowed at the top level in the including syntax, you can simply use
4619 the |:runtime| command: >
4620
4621 " In cpp.vim:
4622 :runtime! syntax/c.vim
4623 :unlet b:current_syntax
4624
4625< - If top-level syntax items in the included syntax file are to be
4626 contained within a region in the including syntax, you can use the
4627 ":syntax include" command:
4628
4629:sy[ntax] include [@{grouplist-name}] {file-name}
4630
4631 All syntax items declared in the included file will have the
4632 "contained" flag added. In addition, if a group list is specified,
4633 all top-level syntax items in the included file will be added to
4634 that list. >
4635
4636 " In perl.vim:
4637 :syntax include @Pod <sfile>:p:h/pod.vim
4638 :syntax region perlPOD start="^=head" end="^=cut" contains=@Pod
4639<
4640 When {file-name} is an absolute path (starts with "/", "c:", "$VAR"
4641 or "<sfile>") that file is sourced. When it is a relative path
4642 (e.g., "syntax/pod.vim") the file is searched for in 'runtimepath'.
4643 All matching files are loaded. Using a relative path is
4644 recommended, because it allows a user to replace the included file
Bram Moolenaareab6dff2020-03-01 19:06:45 +01004645 with their own version, without replacing the file that does the
4646 ":syn include".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004647
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02004648 *E847*
4649The maximum number of includes is 999.
4650
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004651==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100465211. Synchronizing *:syn-sync* *E403* *E404*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004653
4654Vim wants to be able to start redrawing in any position in the document. To
4655make this possible it needs to know the syntax state at the position where
4656redrawing starts.
4657
4658:sy[ntax] sync [ccomment [group-name] | minlines={N} | ...]
4659
4660There are four ways to synchronize:
46611. Always parse from the start of the file.
4662 |:syn-sync-first|
46632. Based on C-style comments. Vim understands how C-comments work and can
4664 figure out if the current line starts inside or outside a comment.
4665 |:syn-sync-second|
46663. Jumping back a certain number of lines and start parsing there.
4667 |:syn-sync-third|
46684. Searching backwards in the text for a pattern to sync on.
4669 |:syn-sync-fourth|
4670
4671 *:syn-sync-maxlines* *:syn-sync-minlines*
4672For the last three methods, the line range where the parsing can start is
4673limited by "minlines" and "maxlines".
4674
4675If the "minlines={N}" argument is given, the parsing always starts at least
4676that many lines backwards. This can be used if the parsing may take a few
4677lines before it's correct, or when it's not possible to use syncing.
4678
4679If the "maxlines={N}" argument is given, the number of lines that are searched
4680for a comment or syncing pattern is restricted to N lines backwards (after
4681adding "minlines"). This is useful if you have few things to sync on and a
4682slow machine. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar2b8388b2015-02-28 13:11:45 +01004683 :syntax sync maxlines=500 ccomment
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004684<
4685 *:syn-sync-linebreaks*
4686When using a pattern that matches multiple lines, a change in one line may
4687cause a pattern to no longer match in a previous line. This means has to
4688start above where the change was made. How many lines can be specified with
4689the "linebreaks" argument. For example, when a pattern may include one line
4690break use this: >
4691 :syntax sync linebreaks=1
4692The result is that redrawing always starts at least one line before where a
4693change was made. The default value for "linebreaks" is zero. Usually the
4694value for "minlines" is bigger than "linebreaks".
4695
4696
4697First syncing method: *:syn-sync-first*
4698>
4699 :syntax sync fromstart
4700
4701The file will be parsed from the start. This makes syntax highlighting
4702accurate, but can be slow for long files. Vim caches previously parsed text,
4703so that it's only slow when parsing the text for the first time. However,
Bram Moolenaarf1568ec2011-12-14 21:17:39 +01004704when making changes some part of the text needs to be parsed again (worst
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004705case: to the end of the file).
4706
4707Using "fromstart" is equivalent to using "minlines" with a very large number.
4708
4709
4710Second syncing method: *:syn-sync-second* *:syn-sync-ccomment*
4711
4712For the second method, only the "ccomment" argument needs to be given.
4713Example: >
4714 :syntax sync ccomment
4715
4716When Vim finds that the line where displaying starts is inside a C-style
4717comment, the last region syntax item with the group-name "Comment" will be
4718used. This requires that there is a region with the group-name "Comment"!
4719An alternate group name can be specified, for example: >
4720 :syntax sync ccomment javaComment
4721This means that the last item specified with "syn region javaComment" will be
4722used for the detected C comment region. This only works properly if that
4723region does have a start pattern "\/*" and an end pattern "*\/".
4724
4725The "maxlines" argument can be used to restrict the search to a number of
4726lines. The "minlines" argument can be used to at least start a number of
4727lines back (e.g., for when there is some construct that only takes a few
4728lines, but it hard to sync on).
4729
4730Note: Syncing on a C comment doesn't work properly when strings are used
4731that cross a line and contain a "*/". Since letting strings cross a line
4732is a bad programming habit (many compilers give a warning message), and the
4733chance of a "*/" appearing inside a comment is very small, this restriction
4734is hardly ever noticed.
4735
4736
4737Third syncing method: *:syn-sync-third*
4738
4739For the third method, only the "minlines={N}" argument needs to be given.
4740Vim will subtract {N} from the line number and start parsing there. This
4741means {N} extra lines need to be parsed, which makes this method a bit slower.
4742Example: >
4743 :syntax sync minlines=50
4744
4745"lines" is equivalent to "minlines" (used by older versions).
4746
4747
4748Fourth syncing method: *:syn-sync-fourth*
4749
4750The idea is to synchronize on the end of a few specific regions, called a
4751sync pattern. Only regions can cross lines, so when we find the end of some
4752region, we might be able to know in which syntax item we are. The search
4753starts in the line just above the one where redrawing starts. From there
4754the search continues backwards in the file.
4755
4756This works just like the non-syncing syntax items. You can use contained
4757matches, nextgroup, etc. But there are a few differences:
4758- Keywords cannot be used.
4759- The syntax items with the "sync" keyword form a completely separated group
4760 of syntax items. You can't mix syncing groups and non-syncing groups.
4761- The matching works backwards in the buffer (line by line), instead of
4762 forwards.
4763- A line continuation pattern can be given. It is used to decide which group
4764 of lines need to be searched like they were one line. This means that the
4765 search for a match with the specified items starts in the first of the
Bram Moolenaarc8cdf0f2021-03-13 13:28:13 +01004766 consecutive lines that contain the continuation pattern.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004767- When using "nextgroup" or "contains", this only works within one line (or
4768 group of continued lines).
4769- When using a region, it must start and end in the same line (or group of
4770 continued lines). Otherwise the end is assumed to be at the end of the
4771 line (or group of continued lines).
4772- When a match with a sync pattern is found, the rest of the line (or group of
4773 continued lines) is searched for another match. The last match is used.
4774 This is used when a line can contain both the start end the end of a region
4775 (e.g., in a C-comment like /* this */, the last "*/" is used).
4776
4777There are two ways how a match with a sync pattern can be used:
47781. Parsing for highlighting starts where redrawing starts (and where the
4779 search for the sync pattern started). The syntax group that is expected
4780 to be valid there must be specified. This works well when the regions
4781 that cross lines cannot contain other regions.
47822. Parsing for highlighting continues just after the match. The syntax group
4783 that is expected to be present just after the match must be specified.
4784 This can be used when the previous method doesn't work well. It's much
4785 slower, because more text needs to be parsed.
4786Both types of sync patterns can be used at the same time.
4787
4788Besides the sync patterns, other matches and regions can be specified, to
4789avoid finding unwanted matches.
4790
4791[The reason that the sync patterns are given separately, is that mostly the
4792search for the sync point can be much simpler than figuring out the
4793highlighting. The reduced number of patterns means it will go (much)
4794faster.]
4795
4796 *syn-sync-grouphere* *E393* *E394*
4797 :syntax sync match {sync-group-name} grouphere {group-name} "pattern" ..
4798
4799 Define a match that is used for syncing. {group-name} is the
4800 name of a syntax group that follows just after the match. Parsing
4801 of the text for highlighting starts just after the match. A region
4802 must exist for this {group-name}. The first one defined will be used.
4803 "NONE" can be used for when there is no syntax group after the match.
4804
4805 *syn-sync-groupthere*
4806 :syntax sync match {sync-group-name} groupthere {group-name} "pattern" ..
4807
4808 Like "grouphere", but {group-name} is the name of a syntax group that
4809 is to be used at the start of the line where searching for the sync
4810 point started. The text between the match and the start of the sync
4811 pattern searching is assumed not to change the syntax highlighting.
4812 For example, in C you could search backwards for "/*" and "*/". If
4813 "/*" is found first, you know that you are inside a comment, so the
4814 "groupthere" is "cComment". If "*/" is found first, you know that you
4815 are not in a comment, so the "groupthere" is "NONE". (in practice
4816 it's a bit more complicated, because the "/*" and "*/" could appear
4817 inside a string. That's left as an exercise to the reader...).
4818
4819 :syntax sync match ..
4820 :syntax sync region ..
4821
4822 Without a "groupthere" argument. Define a region or match that is
4823 skipped while searching for a sync point.
4824
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00004825 *syn-sync-linecont*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004826 :syntax sync linecont {pattern}
4827
4828 When {pattern} matches in a line, it is considered to continue in
4829 the next line. This means that the search for a sync point will
4830 consider the lines to be concatenated.
4831
4832If the "maxlines={N}" argument is given too, the number of lines that are
4833searched for a match is restricted to N. This is useful if you have very
4834few things to sync on and a slow machine. Example: >
4835 :syntax sync maxlines=100
4836
4837You can clear all sync settings with: >
4838 :syntax sync clear
4839
4840You can clear specific sync patterns with: >
4841 :syntax sync clear {sync-group-name} ..
4842
4843==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100484412. Listing syntax items *:syntax* *:sy* *:syn* *:syn-list*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004845
Bram Moolenaar482aaeb2005-09-29 18:26:07 +00004846This command lists all the syntax items: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004847
4848 :sy[ntax] [list]
4849
4850To show the syntax items for one syntax group: >
4851
4852 :sy[ntax] list {group-name}
4853
Bram Moolenaar24ea3ba2010-09-19 19:01:21 +02004854To list the syntax groups in one cluster: *E392* >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004855
4856 :sy[ntax] list @{cluster-name}
4857
4858See above for other arguments for the ":syntax" command.
4859
4860Note that the ":syntax" command can be abbreviated to ":sy", although ":syn"
4861is mostly used, because it looks better.
4862
4863==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100486413. Colorschemes *color-schemes*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004865
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01004866In the next section you can find information about indivisual highlight groups
4867and how to specify colors for them. Most likely you want to just select a set
4868of colors by using the `:colorscheme` command, for example: >
4869
4870 colorscheme pablo
4871<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004872 *:colo* *:colorscheme* *E185*
Bram Moolenaar00a927d2010-05-14 23:24:24 +02004873:colo[rscheme] Output the name of the currently active color scheme.
4874 This is basically the same as >
4875 :echo g:colors_name
4876< In case g:colors_name has not been defined :colo will
4877 output "default". When compiled without the |+eval|
4878 feature it will output "unknown".
4879
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004880:colo[rscheme] {name} Load color scheme {name}. This searches 'runtimepath'
Bram Moolenaarbc488a72013-07-05 21:01:22 +02004881 for the file "colors/{name}.vim". The first one that
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004882 is found is loaded.
Bram Moolenaare18c0b32016-03-20 21:08:34 +01004883 Also searches all plugins in 'packpath', first below
4884 "start" and then under "opt".
4885
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004886 Doesn't work recursively, thus you can't use
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004887 ":colorscheme" in a color scheme script.
Bram Moolenaarb4ada792016-10-30 21:55:26 +01004888
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01004889You have two options for customizing a color scheme. For changing the
4890appearance of specific colors, you can redefine a color name before loading
4891the scheme. The desert scheme uses the khaki color for the cursor. To use a
4892darker variation of the same color: >
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00004893
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01004894 let v:colornames['khaki'] = '#bdb76b'
4895 colorscheme desert
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00004896<
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01004897For further customization, such as changing |:highlight-link| associations,
4898use another name, e.g. "~/.vim/colors/mine.vim", and use `:runtime` to load
4899the original color scheme: >
4900 runtime colors/evening.vim
4901 hi Statement ctermfg=Blue guifg=Blue
Bram Moolenaarb4ada792016-10-30 21:55:26 +01004902
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01004903Before the color scheme will be loaded all default color list scripts
4904(`colors/lists/default.vim`) will be executed and then the |ColorSchemePre|
4905autocommand event is triggered. After the color scheme has been loaded the
4906|ColorScheme| autocommand event is triggered.
4907
Bram Moolenaare8008642022-08-19 17:15:35 +01004908 *colorscheme-override*
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01004909If a color scheme is almost right, you can add modifications on top of it by
4910using the |ColorScheme| autocommand. For example, to remove the background
4911color (can make it transparent in some terminals): >
4912 augroup my_colorschemes
4913 au!
4914 au Colorscheme pablo hi Normal ctermbg=NONE
4915 augroup END
4916
Bram Moolenaarcfa8f9a2022-06-03 21:59:47 +01004917Change a couple more colors: >
4918 augroup my_colorschemes
4919 au!
4920 au Colorscheme pablo hi Normal ctermbg=NONE
4921 \ | higlight Special ctermfg=63
4922 \ | highlight Identifier ctermfg=44
4923 augroup END
4924
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01004925If you make a lot of changes it might be better to copy the distributed
4926colorscheme to your home directory and change it: >
4927 :!cp $VIMRUNTIME/colors/pablo.vim ~/.vim/colors
4928 :edit ~/.vim/colors/pablo.vim
4929
4930With Vim 9.0 the collection of color schemes was updated and made work in many
4931different terminals. One change was to often define the Normal highlight
4932group to make sure the colors work well. In case you prefer the old version,
4933you can find them here:
4934https://github.com/vim/colorschemes/blob/master/legacy_colors/
4935
4936For info about writing a color scheme file: >
4937 :edit $VIMRUNTIME/colors/README.txt
4938
4939
4940==============================================================================
494114. Highlight command *:highlight* *:hi* *E28* *E411* *E415*
4942
4943There are three types of highlight groups:
4944- The ones used for specific languages. For these the name starts with the
4945 name of the language. Many of these don't have any attributes, but are
4946 linked to a group of the second type.
4947- The ones used for all syntax languages.
4948- The ones used for the 'highlight' option.
4949 *hitest.vim*
4950You can see all the groups currently active with this command: >
4951 :so $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/hitest.vim
4952This will open a new window containing all highlight group names, displayed
4953in their own color.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004954
4955:hi[ghlight] List all the current highlight groups that have
4956 attributes set.
4957
4958:hi[ghlight] {group-name}
4959 List one highlight group.
4960
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01004961 *highlight-clear* *:hi-clear*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004962:hi[ghlight] clear Reset all highlighting to the defaults. Removes all
4963 highlighting for groups added by the user!
4964 Uses the current value of 'background' to decide which
4965 default colors to use.
Bram Moolenaar213da552020-09-17 19:59:26 +02004966 If there was a default link, restore it. |:hi-link|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004967
4968:hi[ghlight] clear {group-name}
4969:hi[ghlight] {group-name} NONE
4970 Disable the highlighting for one highlight group. It
4971 is _not_ set back to the default colors.
4972
4973:hi[ghlight] [default] {group-name} {key}={arg} ..
4974 Add a highlight group, or change the highlighting for
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00004975 an existing group. If a given color name is not
Bram Moolenaar519cc552021-11-16 19:18:26 +00004976 recognized, each `colors/lists/default.vim` found on
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00004977 |'runtimepath'| will be loaded.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004978 See |highlight-args| for the {key}={arg} arguments.
4979 See |:highlight-default| for the optional [default]
4980 argument.
4981
4982Normally a highlight group is added once when starting up. This sets the
4983default values for the highlighting. After that, you can use additional
4984highlight commands to change the arguments that you want to set to non-default
4985values. The value "NONE" can be used to switch the value off or go back to
4986the default value.
4987
4988A simple way to change colors is with the |:colorscheme| command. This loads
4989a file with ":highlight" commands such as this: >
4990
4991 :hi Comment gui=bold
4992
4993Note that all settings that are not included remain the same, only the
4994specified field is used, and settings are merged with previous ones. So, the
4995result is like this single command has been used: >
4996 :hi Comment term=bold ctermfg=Cyan guifg=#80a0ff gui=bold
4997<
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00004998 *:highlight-verbose*
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00004999When listing a highlight group and 'verbose' is non-zero, the listing will
5000also tell where it was last set. Example: >
5001 :verbose hi Comment
5002< Comment xxx term=bold ctermfg=4 guifg=Blue ~
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005003 Last set from /home/mool/vim/vim7/runtime/syntax/syncolor.vim ~
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00005004
Bram Moolenaar8aff23a2005-08-19 20:40:30 +00005005When ":hi clear" is used then the script where this command is used will be
5006mentioned for the default values. See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00005007
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005008 *highlight-args* *E416* *E417* *E423*
5009There are three types of terminals for highlighting:
5010term a normal terminal (vt100, xterm)
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +01005011cterm a color terminal (MS-Windows console, color-xterm, these have the "Co"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005012 termcap entry)
5013gui the GUI
5014
5015For each type the highlighting can be given. This makes it possible to use
5016the same syntax file on all terminals, and use the optimal highlighting.
5017
50181. highlight arguments for normal terminals
5019
Bram Moolenaar75c50c42005-06-04 22:06:24 +00005020 *bold* *underline* *undercurl*
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005021 *underdouble* *underdotted*
5022 *underdashed* *inverse* *italic*
5023 *standout* *nocombine* *strikethrough*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005024term={attr-list} *attr-list* *highlight-term* *E418*
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005025 attr-list is a comma-separated list (without spaces) of the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005026 following items (in any order):
5027 bold
5028 underline
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005029 undercurl not always available
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005030 underdouble not always available
5031 underdotted not always available
5032 underdashed not always available
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005033 strikethrough not always available
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005034 reverse
5035 inverse same as reverse
5036 italic
5037 standout
Bram Moolenaar0cd2a942017-08-12 15:12:30 +02005038 nocombine override attributes instead of combining them
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005039 NONE no attributes used (used to reset it)
5040
5041 Note that "bold" can be used here and by using a bold font. They
5042 have the same effect.
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005043 *underline-codes*
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005044 "undercurl" is a curly underline. When "undercurl" is not possible
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005045 then "underline" is used. In general "undercurl" and "strikethrough"
Bram Moolenaaracc22402020-06-07 21:07:18 +02005046 are only available in the GUI and some terminals. The color is set
5047 with |highlight-guisp| or |highlight-ctermul|. You can try these
5048 termcap entries to make undercurl work in a terminal: >
5049 let &t_Cs = "\e[4:3m"
5050 let &t_Ce = "\e[4:0m"
5051
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005052< "underdouble" is a double underline, "underdotted" is a dotted
5053 underline and "underdashed" is a dashed underline. These are only
5054 supported by some terminals. If your terminal supports them you may
5055 have to specify the codes like this: >
5056 let &t_Us = "\e[4:2m"
5057 let &t_ds = "\e[4:4m"
5058 let &t_Ds = "\e[4:5m"
5059< They are reset with |t_Ce|, the same as curly underline (undercurl).
5060 When t_Us, t_ds or t_Ds is not set then underline will be used as a
5061 fallback.
5062
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005063
5064start={term-list} *highlight-start* *E422*
5065stop={term-list} *term-list* *highlight-stop*
5066 These lists of terminal codes can be used to get
5067 non-standard attributes on a terminal.
5068
5069 The escape sequence specified with the "start" argument
5070 is written before the characters in the highlighted
5071 area. It can be anything that you want to send to the
5072 terminal to highlight this area. The escape sequence
5073 specified with the "stop" argument is written after the
5074 highlighted area. This should undo the "start" argument.
5075 Otherwise the screen will look messed up.
5076
5077 The {term-list} can have two forms:
5078
5079 1. A string with escape sequences.
5080 This is any string of characters, except that it can't start with
5081 "t_" and blanks are not allowed. The <> notation is recognized
5082 here, so you can use things like "<Esc>" and "<Space>". Example:
5083 start=<Esc>[27h;<Esc>[<Space>r;
5084
5085 2. A list of terminal codes.
5086 Each terminal code has the form "t_xx", where "xx" is the name of
5087 the termcap entry. The codes have to be separated with commas.
5088 White space is not allowed. Example:
5089 start=t_C1,t_BL
5090 The terminal codes must exist for this to work.
5091
5092
50932. highlight arguments for color terminals
5094
5095cterm={attr-list} *highlight-cterm*
5096 See above for the description of {attr-list} |attr-list|.
5097 The "cterm" argument is likely to be different from "term", when
5098 colors are used. For example, in a normal terminal comments could
5099 be underlined, in a color terminal they can be made Blue.
Bram Moolenaar68e65602019-05-26 21:33:31 +02005100 Note: Some terminals (e.g., DOS console) can't mix these attributes
5101 with coloring. To be portable, use only one of "cterm=" OR "ctermfg="
5102 OR "ctermbg=".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005103
5104ctermfg={color-nr} *highlight-ctermfg* *E421*
5105ctermbg={color-nr} *highlight-ctermbg*
Bram Moolenaare023e882020-05-31 16:42:30 +02005106ctermul={color-nr} *highlight-ctermul*
5107 These give the foreground (ctermfg), background (ctermbg) and
5108 underline (ctermul) color to use in the terminal.
5109
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005110 The {color-nr} argument is a color number. Its range is zero to
5111 (not including) the number given by the termcap entry "Co".
5112 The actual color with this number depends on the type of terminal
5113 and its settings. Sometimes the color also depends on the settings of
5114 "cterm". For example, on some systems "cterm=bold ctermfg=3" gives
5115 another color, on others you just get color 3.
5116
5117 For an xterm this depends on your resources, and is a bit
5118 unpredictable. See your xterm documentation for the defaults. The
5119 colors for a color-xterm can be changed from the .Xdefaults file.
5120 Unfortunately this means that it's not possible to get the same colors
5121 for each user. See |xterm-color| for info about color xterms.
Bram Moolenaard2ea7cf2021-05-30 20:54:13 +02005122 *tmux*
5123 When using tmux you may want to use this in the tmux config: >
5124 # tmux colors
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02005125 set -s default-terminal "tmux-256color"
5126 set -as terminal-overrides ",*-256color:Tc"
Bram Moolenaard2ea7cf2021-05-30 20:54:13 +02005127< More info at:
5128 https://github.com/tmux/tmux/wiki/FAQ#how-do-i-use-a-256-colour-terminal
5129 https://github.com/tmux/tmux/wiki/FAQ#how-do-i-use-rgb-colour
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005130
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +01005131 The MS-Windows standard colors are fixed (in a console window), so
5132 these have been used for the names. But the meaning of color names in
5133 X11 are fixed, so these color settings have been used, to make the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005134 highlighting settings portable (complicated, isn't it?). The
5135 following names are recognized, with the color number used:
5136
5137 *cterm-colors*
5138 NR-16 NR-8 COLOR NAME ~
5139 0 0 Black
5140 1 4 DarkBlue
5141 2 2 DarkGreen
5142 3 6 DarkCyan
5143 4 1 DarkRed
5144 5 5 DarkMagenta
5145 6 3 Brown, DarkYellow
5146 7 7 LightGray, LightGrey, Gray, Grey
5147 8 0* DarkGray, DarkGrey
5148 9 4* Blue, LightBlue
5149 10 2* Green, LightGreen
5150 11 6* Cyan, LightCyan
5151 12 1* Red, LightRed
5152 13 5* Magenta, LightMagenta
5153 14 3* Yellow, LightYellow
5154 15 7* White
5155
5156 The number under "NR-16" is used for 16-color terminals ('t_Co'
5157 greater than or equal to 16). The number under "NR-8" is used for
5158 8-color terminals ('t_Co' less than 16). The '*' indicates that the
5159 bold attribute is set for ctermfg. In many 8-color terminals (e.g.,
5160 "linux"), this causes the bright colors to appear. This doesn't work
5161 for background colors! Without the '*' the bold attribute is removed.
5162 If you want to set the bold attribute in a different way, put a
5163 "cterm=" argument AFTER the "ctermfg=" or "ctermbg=" argument. Or use
5164 a number instead of a color name.
5165
5166 The case of the color names is ignored.
5167 Note that for 16 color ansi style terminals (including xterms), the
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005168 numbers in the NR-8 column is used. Here '*' means 'add 8' so that
5169 Blue is 12, DarkGray is 8 etc.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005170
5171 Note that for some color terminals these names may result in the wrong
5172 colors!
5173
Bram Moolenaar5837f1f2015-03-21 18:06:14 +01005174 You can also use "NONE" to remove the color.
5175
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005176 *:hi-normal-cterm*
5177 When setting the "ctermfg" or "ctermbg" colors for the Normal group,
5178 these will become the colors used for the non-highlighted text.
5179 Example: >
5180 :highlight Normal ctermfg=grey ctermbg=darkblue
5181< When setting the "ctermbg" color for the Normal group, the
Bram Moolenaar6aa8cea2017-06-05 14:44:35 +02005182 'background' option will be adjusted automatically, under the
5183 condition that the color is recognized and 'background' was not set
5184 explicitly. This causes the highlight groups that depend on
5185 'background' to change! This means you should set the colors for
5186 Normal first, before setting other colors.
Bram Moolenaar723dd942019-04-04 13:11:03 +02005187 When a color scheme is being used, changing 'background' causes it to
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005188 be reloaded, which may reset all colors (including Normal). First
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01005189 delete the "g:colors_name" variable when you don't want this.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005190
5191 When you have set "ctermfg" or "ctermbg" for the Normal group, Vim
5192 needs to reset the color when exiting. This is done with the "op"
5193 termcap entry |t_op|. If this doesn't work correctly, try setting the
5194 't_op' option in your .vimrc.
Bram Moolenaare023e882020-05-31 16:42:30 +02005195 *E419* *E420* *E453*
5196 When Vim knows the normal foreground, background and underline colors,
5197 "fg", "bg" and "ul" can be used as color names. This only works after
5198 setting the colors for the Normal group and for the MS-Windows
5199 console. Example, for reverse video: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005200 :highlight Visual ctermfg=bg ctermbg=fg
5201< Note that the colors are used that are valid at the moment this
Bram Moolenaar75e15672020-06-28 13:10:22 +02005202 command is given. If the Normal group colors are changed later, the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005203 "fg" and "bg" colors will not be adjusted.
5204
5205
52063. highlight arguments for the GUI
5207
5208gui={attr-list} *highlight-gui*
5209 These give the attributes to use in the GUI mode.
5210 See |attr-list| for a description.
5211 Note that "bold" can be used here and by using a bold font. They
5212 have the same effect.
5213 Note that the attributes are ignored for the "Normal" group.
5214
5215font={font-name} *highlight-font*
5216 font-name is the name of a font, as it is used on the system Vim
5217 runs on. For X11 this is a complicated name, for example: >
5218 font=-misc-fixed-bold-r-normal--14-130-75-75-c-70-iso8859-1
5219<
5220 The font-name "NONE" can be used to revert to the default font.
5221 When setting the font for the "Normal" group, this becomes the default
5222 font (until the 'guifont' option is changed; the last one set is
5223 used).
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005224 The following only works with Motif, not with other GUIs:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005225 When setting the font for the "Menu" group, the menus will be changed.
5226 When setting the font for the "Tooltip" group, the tooltips will be
5227 changed.
5228 All fonts used, except for Menu and Tooltip, should be of the same
5229 character size as the default font! Otherwise redrawing problems will
5230 occur.
Bram Moolenaar82af8712016-06-04 20:20:29 +02005231 To use a font name with an embedded space or other special character,
5232 put it in single quotes. The single quote cannot be used then.
5233 Example: >
5234 :hi comment font='Monospace 10'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005235
5236guifg={color-name} *highlight-guifg*
5237guibg={color-name} *highlight-guibg*
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005238guisp={color-name} *highlight-guisp*
5239 These give the foreground (guifg), background (guibg) and special
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005240 (guisp) color to use in the GUI. "guisp" is used for undercurl and
5241 strikethrough.
Bram Moolenaar7df351e2006-01-23 22:30:28 +00005242 There are a few special names:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005243 NONE no color (transparent)
5244 bg use normal background color
5245 background use normal background color
5246 fg use normal foreground color
5247 foreground use normal foreground color
5248 To use a color name with an embedded space or other special character,
5249 put it in single quotes. The single quote cannot be used then.
5250 Example: >
5251 :hi comment guifg='salmon pink'
5252<
5253 *gui-colors*
5254 Suggested color names (these are available on most systems):
5255 Red LightRed DarkRed
5256 Green LightGreen DarkGreen SeaGreen
5257 Blue LightBlue DarkBlue SlateBlue
5258 Cyan LightCyan DarkCyan
5259 Magenta LightMagenta DarkMagenta
5260 Yellow LightYellow Brown DarkYellow
5261 Gray LightGray DarkGray
5262 Black White
5263 Orange Purple Violet
5264
5265 In the Win32 GUI version, additional system colors are available. See
5266 |win32-colors|.
5267
5268 You can also specify a color by its Red, Green and Blue values.
5269 The format is "#rrggbb", where
5270 "rr" is the Red value
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005271 "gg" is the Green value
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005272 "bb" is the Blue value
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005273 All values are hexadecimal, range from "00" to "ff". Examples: >
Drew Vogele30d1022021-10-24 20:35:07 +01005274 :highlight Comment guifg=#11f0c3 guibg=#ff00ff
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005275<
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005276 If you are authoring a color scheme and use the same hexadecimal value
Drew Vogele30d1022021-10-24 20:35:07 +01005277 repeatedly, you can define a name for it in |v:colornames|. For
5278 example: >
5279
5280 # provide a default value for this color but allow the user to
5281 # override it.
5282 :call extend(v:colornames, {'alt_turquoise': '#11f0c3'}, 'keep')
5283 :highlight Comment guifg=alt_turquoise guibg=magenta
5284<
5285 If you are using a color scheme that relies on named colors and you
5286 would like to adjust the precise appearance of those colors, you can
5287 do so by overriding the values in |v:colornames| prior to loading the
5288 scheme: >
5289
5290 let v:colornames['alt_turquoise'] = '#22f0d3'
5291 colorscheme alt
5292<
5293 If you want to develop a color list that can be relied on by others,
5294 it is best to prefix your color names. By convention these color lists
5295 are placed in the colors/lists directory. You can see an example in
5296 '$VIMRUNTIME/colors/lists/csscolors.vim'. This list would be sourced
5297 by a color scheme using: >
5298
5299 :runtime colors/lists/csscolors.vim
5300 :highlight Comment guifg=css_turquoise
5301<
5302
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005303 *highlight-groups* *highlight-default*
5304These are the default highlighting groups. These groups are used by the
5305'highlight' option default. Note that the highlighting depends on the value
5306of 'background'. You can see the current settings with the ":highlight"
5307command.
Bram Moolenaard899e512022-05-07 21:54:03 +01005308When possible the name is highlighted in the used colors. If this makes it
5309unreadable use Visual selection.
5310
Bram Moolenaar1a384422010-07-14 19:53:30 +02005311 *hl-ColorColumn*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005312ColorColumn Used for the columns set with 'colorcolumn'.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005313 *hl-Conceal*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005314Conceal Placeholder characters substituted for concealed
5315 text (see 'conceallevel').
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005316 *hl-Cursor*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005317Cursor Character under the cursor.
5318lCursor Character under the cursor when |language-mapping|
5319 is used (see 'guicursor').
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005320 *hl-CursorIM*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005321CursorIM Like Cursor, but used when in IME mode. |CursorIM|
Bram Moolenaar5316eee2006-03-12 22:11:10 +00005322 *hl-CursorColumn*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005323CursorColumn Screen column that the cursor is in when 'cursorcolumn' is set.
Bram Moolenaar5316eee2006-03-12 22:11:10 +00005324 *hl-CursorLine*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005325CursorLine Screen line that the cursor is in when 'cursorline' is set.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005326 *hl-Directory*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005327Directory Directory names (and other special names in listings).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005328 *hl-DiffAdd*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005329DiffAdd Diff mode: Added line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005330 *hl-DiffChange*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005331DiffChange Diff mode: Changed line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005332 *hl-DiffDelete*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005333DiffDelete Diff mode: Deleted line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005334 *hl-DiffText*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005335DiffText Diff mode: Changed text within a changed line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaardc1f1642016-08-16 18:33:43 +02005336 *hl-EndOfBuffer*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005337EndOfBuffer Filler lines (~) after the last line in the buffer.
Bram Moolenaar58b85342016-08-14 19:54:54 +02005338 By default, this is highlighted like |hl-NonText|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005339 *hl-ErrorMsg*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005340ErrorMsg Error messages on the command line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005341 *hl-VertSplit*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005342VertSplit Column separating vertically split windows.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005343 *hl-Folded*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005344Folded Line used for closed folds.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005345 *hl-FoldColumn*
5346FoldColumn 'foldcolumn'
5347 *hl-SignColumn*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005348SignColumn Column where |signs| are displayed.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005349 *hl-IncSearch*
5350IncSearch 'incsearch' highlighting; also used for the text replaced with
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005351 ":s///c".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005352 *hl-LineNr*
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005353LineNr Line number for ":number" and ":#" commands, and when 'number'
Bram Moolenaar64486672010-05-16 15:46:46 +02005354 or 'relativenumber' option is set.
Bram Moolenaarefae76a2019-10-27 22:54:58 +01005355 *hl-LineNrAbove*
5356LineNrAbove Line number for when the 'relativenumber'
5357 option is set, above the cursor line.
5358 *hl-LineNrBelow*
5359LineNrBelow Line number for when the 'relativenumber'
5360 option is set, below the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +02005361 *hl-CursorLineNr*
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02005362CursorLineNr Like LineNr when 'cursorline' is set and 'cursorlineopt'
5363 contains "number" or is "both", for the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaare413ea02021-11-24 16:20:13 +00005364 *hl-CursorLineSign*
5365CursorLineSign Like SignColumn when 'cursorline' is set for the cursor line.
5366 *hl-CursorLineFold*
5367CursorLineFold Like FoldColumn when 'cursorline' is set for the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005368 *hl-MatchParen*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005369MatchParen Character under the cursor or just before it, if it
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005370 is a paired bracket, and its match. |pi_paren.txt|
5371
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005372 *hl-ModeMsg*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005373ModeMsg 'showmode' message (e.g., "-- INSERT --").
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005374 *hl-MoreMsg*
5375MoreMsg |more-prompt|
5376 *hl-NonText*
Bram Moolenaar58b85342016-08-14 19:54:54 +02005377NonText '@' at the end of the window, characters from 'showbreak'
5378 and other characters that do not really exist in the text
5379 (e.g., ">" displayed when a double-wide character doesn't
5380 fit at the end of the line).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005381 *hl-Normal*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005382Normal Normal text.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005383 *hl-Pmenu*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005384Pmenu Popup menu: Normal item.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005385 *hl-PmenuSel*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005386PmenuSel Popup menu: Selected item.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005387 *hl-PmenuSbar*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005388PmenuSbar Popup menu: Scrollbar.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005389 *hl-PmenuThumb*
5390PmenuThumb Popup menu: Thumb of the scrollbar.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005391 *hl-Question*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005392Question |hit-enter| prompt and yes/no questions.
Bram Moolenaar74675a62017-07-15 13:53:23 +02005393 *hl-QuickFixLine*
5394QuickFixLine Current |quickfix| item in the quickfix window.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005395 *hl-Search*
5396Search Last search pattern highlighting (see 'hlsearch').
Bram Moolenaar74675a62017-07-15 13:53:23 +02005397 Also used for similar items that need to stand out.
LemonBoya4399382022-04-09 21:04:08 +01005398 *hl-CurSearch*
5399CurSearch Current match for the last search pattern (see 'hlsearch').
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005400 Note: This is correct after a search, but may get outdated if
5401 changes are made or the screen is redrawn.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005402 *hl-SpecialKey*
5403SpecialKey Meta and special keys listed with ":map", also for text used
5404 to show unprintable characters in the text, 'listchars'.
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005405 Generally: Text that is displayed differently from what it
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005406 really is.
Bram Moolenaar217ad922005-03-20 22:37:15 +00005407 *hl-SpellBad*
5408SpellBad Word that is not recognized by the spellchecker. |spell|
5409 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar53180ce2005-07-05 21:48:14 +00005410 *hl-SpellCap*
5411SpellCap Word that should start with a capital. |spell|
5412 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar217ad922005-03-20 22:37:15 +00005413 *hl-SpellLocal*
5414SpellLocal Word that is recognized by the spellchecker as one that is
5415 used in another region. |spell|
5416 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
5417 *hl-SpellRare*
5418SpellRare Word that is recognized by the spellchecker as one that is
5419 hardly ever used. |spell|
5420 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005421 *hl-StatusLine*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005422StatusLine Status line of current window.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005423 *hl-StatusLineNC*
5424StatusLineNC status lines of not-current windows
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005425 Note: If this is equal to "StatusLine", Vim will use "^^^" in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005426 the status line of the current window.
Bram Moolenaar40962ec2018-01-28 22:47:25 +01005427 *hl-StatusLineTerm*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005428StatusLineTerm Status line of current window, if it is a |terminal| window.
Bram Moolenaar40962ec2018-01-28 22:47:25 +01005429 *hl-StatusLineTermNC*
Bram Moolenaar6ba83ba2022-06-12 22:15:57 +01005430StatusLineTermNC Status lines of not-current windows that is a
5431 |terminal| window.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005432 *hl-TabLine*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005433TabLine Tab pages line, not active tab page label.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005434 *hl-TabLineFill*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005435TabLineFill Tab pages line, where there are no labels.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005436 *hl-TabLineSel*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005437TabLineSel Tab pages line, active tab page label.
Bram Moolenaardf980db2017-12-24 13:22:00 +01005438 *hl-Terminal*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005439Terminal |terminal| window (see |terminal-size-color|).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005440 *hl-Title*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005441Title Titles for output from ":set all", ":autocmd" etc.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005442 *hl-Visual*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005443Visual Visual mode selection.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005444 *hl-VisualNOS*
5445VisualNOS Visual mode selection when vim is "Not Owning the Selection".
5446 Only X11 Gui's |gui-x11| and |xterm-clipboard| supports this.
5447 *hl-WarningMsg*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005448WarningMsg Warning messages.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005449 *hl-WildMenu*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005450WildMenu Current match in 'wildmenu' completion.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005451
Bram Moolenaarf75a9632005-09-13 21:20:47 +00005452 *hl-User1* *hl-User1..9* *hl-User9*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005453The 'statusline' syntax allows the use of 9 different highlights in the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00005454statusline and ruler (via 'rulerformat'). The names are User1 to User9.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005455
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00005456For the GUI you can use the following groups to set the colors for the menu,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005457scrollbars and tooltips. They don't have defaults. This doesn't work for the
5458Win32 GUI. Only three highlight arguments have any effect here: font, guibg,
5459and guifg.
5460
5461 *hl-Menu*
5462Menu Current font, background and foreground colors of the menus.
5463 Also used for the toolbar.
5464 Applicable highlight arguments: font, guibg, guifg.
5465
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005466 NOTE: For Motif the font argument actually
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005467 specifies a fontset at all times, no matter if 'guifontset' is
5468 empty, and as such it is tied to the current |:language| when
5469 set.
5470
5471 *hl-Scrollbar*
5472Scrollbar Current background and foreground of the main window's
5473 scrollbars.
5474 Applicable highlight arguments: guibg, guifg.
5475
5476 *hl-Tooltip*
5477Tooltip Current font, background and foreground of the tooltips.
5478 Applicable highlight arguments: font, guibg, guifg.
5479
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005480 NOTE: For Motif the font argument actually
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005481 specifies a fontset at all times, no matter if 'guifontset' is
5482 empty, and as such it is tied to the current |:language| when
5483 set.
5484
5485==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100548615. Linking groups *:hi-link* *:highlight-link* *E412* *E413*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005487
5488When you want to use the same highlighting for several syntax groups, you
5489can do this more easily by linking the groups into one common highlight
5490group, and give the color attributes only for that group.
5491
5492To set a link:
5493
5494 :hi[ghlight][!] [default] link {from-group} {to-group}
5495
5496To remove a link:
5497
5498 :hi[ghlight][!] [default] link {from-group} NONE
5499
5500Notes: *E414*
5501- If the {from-group} and/or {to-group} doesn't exist, it is created. You
5502 don't get an error message for a non-existing group.
5503- As soon as you use a ":highlight" command for a linked group, the link is
5504 removed.
5505- If there are already highlight settings for the {from-group}, the link is
5506 not made, unless the '!' is given. For a ":highlight link" command in a
5507 sourced file, you don't get an error message. This can be used to skip
5508 links for groups that already have settings.
5509
5510 *:hi-default* *:highlight-default*
5511The [default] argument is used for setting the default highlighting for a
5512group. If highlighting has already been specified for the group the command
5513will be ignored. Also when there is an existing link.
5514
5515Using [default] is especially useful to overrule the highlighting of a
5516specific syntax file. For example, the C syntax file contains: >
5517 :highlight default link cComment Comment
5518If you like Question highlighting for C comments, put this in your vimrc file: >
5519 :highlight link cComment Question
5520Without the "default" in the C syntax file, the highlighting would be
5521overruled when the syntax file is loaded.
5522
Bram Moolenaar23515b42020-11-29 14:36:24 +01005523To have a link survive `:highlight clear`, which is useful if you have
5524highlighting for a specific filetype and you want to keep it when selecting
5525another color scheme, put a command like this in the
5526"after/syntax/{filetype}.vim" file: >
5527 highlight! default link cComment Question
5528
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005529==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100553016. Cleaning up *:syn-clear* *E391*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005531
5532If you want to clear the syntax stuff for the current buffer, you can use this
5533command: >
5534 :syntax clear
5535
5536This command should be used when you want to switch off syntax highlighting,
5537or when you want to switch to using another syntax. It's normally not needed
5538in a syntax file itself, because syntax is cleared by the autocommands that
5539load the syntax file.
5540The command also deletes the "b:current_syntax" variable, since no syntax is
5541loaded after this command.
5542
Bram Moolenaar61da1bf2019-06-06 12:14:49 +02005543To clean up specific syntax groups for the current buffer: >
5544 :syntax clear {group-name} ..
5545This removes all patterns and keywords for {group-name}.
5546
5547To clean up specific syntax group lists for the current buffer: >
5548 :syntax clear @{grouplist-name} ..
5549This sets {grouplist-name}'s contents to an empty list.
5550
5551 *:syntax-off* *:syn-off*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005552If you want to disable syntax highlighting for all buffers, you need to remove
5553the autocommands that load the syntax files: >
5554 :syntax off
5555
5556What this command actually does, is executing the command >
5557 :source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
5558See the "nosyntax.vim" file for details. Note that for this to work
5559$VIMRUNTIME must be valid. See |$VIMRUNTIME|.
5560
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005561 *:syntax-reset* *:syn-reset*
5562If you have changed the colors and messed them up, use this command to get the
5563defaults back: >
5564
5565 :syntax reset
5566
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02005567It is a bit of a wrong name, since it does not reset any syntax items, it only
5568affects the highlighting.
5569
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005570This doesn't change the colors for the 'highlight' option.
5571
5572Note that the syntax colors that you set in your vimrc file will also be reset
5573back to their Vim default.
5574Note that if you are using a color scheme, the colors defined by the color
5575scheme for syntax highlighting will be lost.
5576
5577What this actually does is: >
5578
5579 let g:syntax_cmd = "reset"
5580 runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim
5581
5582Note that this uses the 'runtimepath' option.
5583
5584 *syncolor*
5585If you want to use different colors for syntax highlighting, you can add a Vim
5586script file to set these colors. Put this file in a directory in
5587'runtimepath' which comes after $VIMRUNTIME, so that your settings overrule
5588the default colors. This way these colors will be used after the ":syntax
5589reset" command.
5590
5591For Unix you can use the file ~/.vim/after/syntax/syncolor.vim. Example: >
5592
5593 if &background == "light"
5594 highlight comment ctermfg=darkgreen guifg=darkgreen
5595 else
5596 highlight comment ctermfg=green guifg=green
5597 endif
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00005598<
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00005599 *E679*
5600Do make sure this syncolor.vim script does not use a "syntax on", set the
5601'background' option or uses a "colorscheme" command, because it results in an
5602endless loop.
5603
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005604Note that when a color scheme is used, there might be some confusion whether
5605your defined colors are to be used or the colors from the scheme. This
5606depends on the color scheme file. See |:colorscheme|.
5607
5608 *syntax_cmd*
5609The "syntax_cmd" variable is set to one of these values when the
5610syntax/syncolor.vim files are loaded:
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00005611 "on" `:syntax on` command. Highlight colors are overruled but
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005612 links are kept
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00005613 "enable" `:syntax enable` command. Only define colors for groups that
5614 don't have highlighting yet. Use `:highlight default` .
5615 "reset" `:syntax reset` command or loading a color scheme. Define all
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005616 the colors.
5617 "skip" Don't define colors. Used to skip the default settings when a
5618 syncolor.vim file earlier in 'runtimepath' has already set
5619 them.
5620
5621==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100562217. Highlighting tags *tag-highlight*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005623
5624If you want to highlight all the tags in your file, you can use the following
5625mappings.
5626
5627 <F11> -- Generate tags.vim file, and highlight tags.
5628 <F12> -- Just highlight tags based on existing tags.vim file.
5629>
5630 :map <F11> :sp tags<CR>:%s/^\([^ :]*:\)\=\([^ ]*\).*/syntax keyword Tag \2/<CR>:wq! tags.vim<CR>/^<CR><F12>
5631 :map <F12> :so tags.vim<CR>
5632
5633WARNING: The longer the tags file, the slower this will be, and the more
5634memory Vim will consume.
5635
5636Only highlighting typedefs, unions and structs can be done too. For this you
Bram Moolenaar47c532e2022-03-19 15:18:53 +00005637must use Universal Ctags (found at https://ctags.io) or Exuberant ctags (found
5638at http://ctags.sf.net).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005639
5640Put these lines in your Makefile:
5641
Bram Moolenaar47c532e2022-03-19 15:18:53 +00005642# Make a highlight file for types. Requires Universal/Exuberant ctags and awk
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005643types: types.vim
5644types.vim: *.[ch]
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00005645 ctags --c-kinds=gstu -o- *.[ch] |\
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005646 awk 'BEGIN{printf("syntax keyword Type\t")}\
5647 {printf("%s ", $$1)}END{print ""}' > $@
5648
5649And put these lines in your .vimrc: >
5650
5651 " load the types.vim highlighting file, if it exists
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00005652 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] let fname = expand('<afile>:p:h') .. '/types.vim'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005653 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] if filereadable(fname)
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00005654 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] exe 'so ' .. fname
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005655 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] endif
5656
5657==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100565818. Window-local syntax *:ownsyntax*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005659
5660Normally all windows on a buffer share the same syntax settings. It is
5661possible, however, to set a particular window on a file to have its own
5662private syntax setting. A possible example would be to edit LaTeX source
5663with conventional highlighting in one window, while seeing the same source
5664highlighted differently (so as to hide control sequences and indicate bold,
5665italic etc regions) in another. The 'scrollbind' option is useful here.
5666
5667To set the current window to have the syntax "foo", separately from all other
5668windows on the buffer: >
5669 :ownsyntax foo
Bram Moolenaardebe25a2010-06-06 17:41:24 +02005670< *w:current_syntax*
5671This will set the "w:current_syntax" variable to "foo". The value of
5672"b:current_syntax" does not change. This is implemented by saving and
5673restoring "b:current_syntax", since the syntax files do set
5674"b:current_syntax". The value set by the syntax file is assigned to
5675"w:current_syntax".
Bram Moolenaared32d942014-12-06 23:33:00 +01005676Note: This resets the 'spell', 'spellcapcheck' and 'spellfile' options.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005677
5678Once a window has its own syntax, syntax commands executed from other windows
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02005679on the same buffer (including :syntax clear) have no effect. Conversely,
Bram Moolenaarbf884932013-04-05 22:26:15 +02005680syntax commands executed from that window do not affect other windows on the
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005681same buffer.
5682
Bram Moolenaardebe25a2010-06-06 17:41:24 +02005683A window with its own syntax reverts to normal behavior when another buffer
5684is loaded into that window or the file is reloaded.
5685When splitting the window, the new window will use the original syntax.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005686
5687==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100568819. Color xterms *xterm-color* *color-xterm*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005689
5690Most color xterms have only eight colors. If you don't get colors with the
5691default setup, it should work with these lines in your .vimrc: >
5692 :if &term =~ "xterm"
5693 : if has("terminfo")
5694 : set t_Co=8
5695 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%p1%dm
5696 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%p1%dm
5697 : else
5698 : set t_Co=8
5699 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%dm
5700 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%dm
5701 : endif
5702 :endif
5703< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
5704
5705You might want to change the first "if" to match the name of your terminal,
5706e.g. "dtterm" instead of "xterm".
5707
5708Note: Do these settings BEFORE doing ":syntax on". Otherwise the colors may
5709be wrong.
5710 *xiterm* *rxvt*
5711The above settings have been mentioned to work for xiterm and rxvt too.
5712But for using 16 colors in an rxvt these should work with terminfo: >
5713 :set t_AB=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t25;%p1%{40}%+%e5;%p1%{32}%+%;%dm
5714 :set t_AF=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t22;%p1%{30}%+%e1;%p1%{22}%+%;%dm
5715<
5716 *colortest.vim*
5717To test your color setup, a file has been included in the Vim distribution.
Bram Moolenaarf740b292006-02-16 22:11:02 +00005718To use it, execute this command: >
5719 :runtime syntax/colortest.vim
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005720
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00005721Some versions of xterm (and other terminals, like the Linux console) can
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005722output lighter foreground colors, even though the number of colors is defined
5723at 8. Therefore Vim sets the "cterm=bold" attribute for light foreground
5724colors, when 't_Co' is 8.
5725
5726 *xfree-xterm*
5727To get 16 colors or more, get the newest xterm version (which should be
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00005728included with XFree86 3.3 and later). You can also find the latest version
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005729at: >
5730 http://invisible-island.net/xterm/xterm.html
5731Here is a good way to configure it. This uses 88 colors and enables the
5732termcap-query feature, which allows Vim to ask the xterm how many colors it
5733supports. >
5734 ./configure --disable-bold-color --enable-88-color --enable-tcap-query
5735If you only get 8 colors, check the xterm compilation settings.
5736(Also see |UTF8-xterm| for using this xterm with UTF-8 character encoding).
5737
5738This xterm should work with these lines in your .vimrc (for 16 colors): >
5739 :if has("terminfo")
5740 : set t_Co=16
5741 : set t_AB=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{40}%+%e%p1%{92}%+%;%dm
5742 : set t_AF=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{30}%+%e%p1%{82}%+%;%dm
5743 :else
5744 : set t_Co=16
5745 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%dm
5746 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%dm
5747 :endif
5748< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
5749
5750Without |+terminfo|, Vim will recognize these settings, and automatically
5751translate cterm colors of 8 and above to "<Esc>[9%dm" and "<Esc>[10%dm".
5752Colors above 16 are also translated automatically.
5753
5754For 256 colors this has been reported to work: >
5755
5756 :set t_AB=<Esc>[48;5;%dm
5757 :set t_AF=<Esc>[38;5;%dm
5758
5759Or just set the TERM environment variable to "xterm-color" or "xterm-16color"
5760and try if that works.
5761
5762You probably want to use these X resources (in your ~/.Xdefaults file):
5763 XTerm*color0: #000000
5764 XTerm*color1: #c00000
5765 XTerm*color2: #008000
5766 XTerm*color3: #808000
5767 XTerm*color4: #0000c0
5768 XTerm*color5: #c000c0
5769 XTerm*color6: #008080
5770 XTerm*color7: #c0c0c0
5771 XTerm*color8: #808080
5772 XTerm*color9: #ff6060
5773 XTerm*color10: #00ff00
5774 XTerm*color11: #ffff00
5775 XTerm*color12: #8080ff
5776 XTerm*color13: #ff40ff
5777 XTerm*color14: #00ffff
5778 XTerm*color15: #ffffff
5779 Xterm*cursorColor: Black
5780
5781[Note: The cursorColor is required to work around a bug, which changes the
5782cursor color to the color of the last drawn text. This has been fixed by a
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00005783newer version of xterm, but not everybody is using it yet.]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005784
5785To get these right away, reload the .Xdefaults file to the X Option database
5786Manager (you only need to do this when you just changed the .Xdefaults file): >
5787 xrdb -merge ~/.Xdefaults
5788<
5789 *xterm-blink* *xterm-blinking-cursor*
5790To make the cursor blink in an xterm, see tools/blink.c. Or use Thomas
5791Dickey's xterm above patchlevel 107 (see above for where to get it), with
5792these resources:
5793 XTerm*cursorBlink: on
5794 XTerm*cursorOnTime: 400
5795 XTerm*cursorOffTime: 250
5796 XTerm*cursorColor: White
5797
5798 *hpterm-color*
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00005799These settings work (more or less) for an hpterm, which only supports 8
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005800foreground colors: >
5801 :if has("terminfo")
5802 : set t_Co=8
5803 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[&v%p1%dS
5804 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[&v7S
5805 :else
5806 : set t_Co=8
5807 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[&v%dS
5808 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[&v7S
5809 :endif
5810< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
5811
5812 *Eterm* *enlightened-terminal*
5813These settings have been reported to work for the Enlightened terminal
5814emulator, or Eterm. They might work for all xterm-like terminals that use the
5815bold attribute to get bright colors. Add an ":if" like above when needed. >
5816 :set t_Co=16
5817 :set t_AF=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t3%p1%d%e%p1%{22}%+%d;1%;m
5818 :set t_AB=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t4%p1%d%e%p1%{32}%+%d;1%;m
5819<
5820 *TTpro-telnet*
5821These settings should work for TTpro telnet. Tera Term Pro is a freeware /
5822open-source program for MS-Windows. >
5823 set t_Co=16
5824 set t_AB=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{40}%+%e%p1%{32}%+5;%;%dm
5825 set t_AF=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{30}%+%e%p1%{22}%+1;%;%dm
5826Also make sure TTpro's Setup / Window / Full Color is enabled, and make sure
5827that Setup / Font / Enable Bold is NOT enabled.
5828(info provided by John Love-Jensen <eljay@Adobe.COM>)
5829
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02005830
5831==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100583220. When syntax is slow *:syntime*
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02005833
5834This is aimed at authors of a syntax file.
5835
5836If your syntax causes redrawing to be slow, here are a few hints on making it
5837faster. To see slowness switch on some features that usually interfere, such
5838as 'relativenumber' and |folding|.
5839
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005840Note: This is only available when compiled with the |+profile| feature.
Bram Moolenaar203d04d2013-06-06 21:36:40 +02005841You many need to build Vim with "huge" features.
5842
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02005843To find out what patterns are consuming most time, get an overview with this
5844sequence: >
5845 :syntime on
5846 [ redraw the text at least once with CTRL-L ]
5847 :syntime report
5848
5849This will display a list of syntax patterns that were used, sorted by the time
5850it took to match them against the text.
5851
5852:syntime on Start measuring syntax times. This will add some
5853 overhead to compute the time spent on syntax pattern
5854 matching.
5855
5856:syntime off Stop measuring syntax times.
5857
5858:syntime clear Set all the counters to zero, restart measuring.
5859
5860:syntime report Show the syntax items used since ":syntime on" in the
5861 current window. Use a wider display to see more of
5862 the output.
5863
5864 The list is sorted by total time. The columns are:
5865 TOTAL Total time in seconds spent on
5866 matching this pattern.
5867 COUNT Number of times the pattern was used.
5868 MATCH Number of times the pattern actually
5869 matched
5870 SLOWEST The longest time for one try.
5871 AVERAGE The average time for one try.
5872 NAME Name of the syntax item. Note that
5873 this is not unique.
5874 PATTERN The pattern being used.
5875
5876Pattern matching gets slow when it has to try many alternatives. Try to
5877include as much literal text as possible to reduce the number of ways a
5878pattern does NOT match.
5879
5880When using the "\@<=" and "\@<!" items, add a maximum size to avoid trying at
5881all positions in the current and previous line. For example, if the item is
5882literal text specify the size of that text (in bytes):
5883
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02005884"<\@<=span" Matches "span" in "<span". This tries matching with "<" in
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02005885 many places.
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02005886"<\@1<=span" Matches the same, but only tries one byte before "span".
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02005887
5888
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02005889 vim:tw=78:sw=4:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: